Search Results

Search found 2858 results on 115 pages for 'pop ups'.

Page 114/115 | < Previous Page | 110 111 112 113 114 115  | Next Page >

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Wednesday, November 30, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Wednesday, November 30, 2011Popular ReleasesLINQ to Twitter: LINQ to Twitter Beta v2.0.22: New support for Windows Phone 7.1, 100% Twitter API coverage.Anno 2070 Assistant: Anno 2070 Assistant v1.1: Anno 2070 Assistant v1.1 Released! Features Included: Building Layouts for Ecos, Tycoons & Techs Production Chains for Ecos, Tycoons & Techs Supply Calculator New Features: The new supply calculator will tell you how many of each production chain you need to sustain the current population. Simply plot in your total inhabitants of each type and calculate! Coming in v2.0: Population Calculator Port from hard coded data to XML data Calculate by Residence Feature and some more secret ...Rawr: Rawr 4.3.0: This is the Downloadable WPF version of Rawr!For web-based version see http://elitistjerks.com/rawr.php You can find the version notes at: http://rawr.codeplex.com/wikipage?title=VersionNotes Rawr AddonWe now have a Rawr Official Addon for in-game exporting and importing of character data hosted on Curse. The Addon does not perform calculations like Rawr, it simply shows your exported Rawr data in wow tooltips and lets you export your character to Rawr (including bag and bank items) like Char...BugNET Issue Tracker: BugNET 0.9.131: This is a bug fix release for 0.9 that fixes a number of pressing issues. FixesBGN-1989 - User verification is not working on the latest release BGN-1988 - Send password notification does not include the actual password and throws an error BGN-1987 - Issues revisions stop being updated BGN-1985 - Search by issue id no longer works Fixed issue when user is not authenticated and clicks on the Vote link the user is redirected to page not found (wrong location for the Login.aspx page) N...QuickStart Engine (3D Game Engine for XNA): QuickStart Engine v0.23: Main FeaturesXNA 4.0 compatible Clean engine architecture Makes it easy to make your own game using the engine. Messaging system allows you to communicate between systems and other entities without coupling your code in ways you wouldn't want to. Entity/Component system allows you to make your own objects and customize them very easily. Terrain engine Quad-tree culling Multi-texture splatting Multi-texture normal mapping Smoothing and scaling Physics engine integration Uses Ji...Windows Azure Toolkit for Windows Phone: Windows Azure Toolkit for Windows Phone v1.3.2: Upgraded Windows Azure projects to Windows Azure SDK for .NET – November 2011. Updated BabelCam, CRUDSqlAzure, WPCloud.ACS, and WPCloud.SQL.ACS samples to include default ACS configuration to allow developers running the samples without owning an ACS namespace.VideoLan DotNet for WinForm, WPF & Silverlight 5: VideoLan DotNet for WinForm, WPF, SL5 - 2011.11.29: The new version add and correct many features : Add Medias list property to VlcControl Correction to implement Medias list property Add PlaybackMode property to VlcControl (Loop/Repeat/Default) Remove "--play-and-pause" option in WPF sample Add MediaList Interops Add MediaListPlayer Interops Correction on Interops (error) Add MediaSubItemAdded event on MediaBaseMFCMAPI: November 2011 Release: Build: 15.0.0.1029 Full release notes at SGriffin's blog. If you just want to run the MFCMAPI or MrMAPI, get the executables. If you want to debug them, get the symbol files and the source. The 64 bit builds will only work on a machine with Outlook 2010 64 bit installed. All other machines should use the 32 bit builds, regardless of the operating system. Facebook BadgeWCF Community Site: WCF Web API Preview 6: Welcome to the sixth preview release of WCF Web API on Codeplex! Install WCF Web API Preview 6 using NuGet New Features/EnhancementsURL form encoding - Http request bodies sent as application/x-www-form-urlencoded can now deserialize into objects and participate in content negotiation. Custom OData entity keys - The ODataFormatter now supports custom conventions for determining which properties identify an entity key. [ServiceContract] is no longer required on the Web API class definiti...Devpad: 4.11: Whats new for Devpad 4.11: New Import Archive Improved Save Dialog Improved Replace Dialog Improved Go To Dialog Minor Bug Fix's, improvements and speed upsHome Access Plus+: v7.7: v7.7.1128.2200Added: ShowTo Option on Resources Added: Basic Authentication Logon Method Added: Button on the Live Tracker page to clear logons in the database but not do a remote logoff Updated: jquery from v1.6.2 to v1.7.1 Fixed: Another attempt at fixing the SIMS import in the booking system Fixed: JSON Issues with the Setup Added: More DEBUG Events to the Event Log (note DEBUG not RELEASE) Added: Support for Week A Week B instead of Week 1 and Week 2 Updated: The My Files ...CommonLibrary.NET: CommonLibrary.NET 0.9.8 - Alpha: A collection of very reusable code and components in C# 4.0 ranging from ActiveRecord, Csv, Command Line Parsing, Configuration, Holiday Calendars, Logging, Authentication, and much more. Samples in <root>\src\Lib\CommonLibrary.NET\Samples CommonLibrary.NET 0.9.8 AlphaNew Dynamic Scripting Language : workitem : 7493 Fixes 1622 6803Widget Suite for DotNetNuke: 01.04.00: The following features/enhancements are associated with this release: Bug: Removed the empty box/white space created by some widgets New Widget: FlexSlider New Widget: Google+ Button New Widget: Klout Badge Sample Widget Script FileFxCop Integrator for Visual Studio 2010: FxCop Integrator 2.0.0 RC: Replaced the MSBuild Tasks installer to fix the bug of the targets file. FxCop Integrator is not affected by this bug. (Nov 28 2011) New FeatureSupported calculating code metrics with Code Metrics PowerTool. (Work Item #6568: 6568). Provided MSBuild tasks. #7454: 7454 Supported to filter out auto-generated code from code analysis result. #7485: 7485 Supported exporting report of code analysis result. Supported multi-project analysis. Supported file level analysis. Added the featu...Terminals: Version 2 - Beta 4 Release: Beta 4 Refresh Build Dont forget to backup your config files BEFORE upgrading! As usual, please take time to use and abuse this release. We left logging in place, and this is a debug build so be sure to submit your logs on each bug reported, and please do report all bugs! Updated the About form to include the date and time of the build. Useful for CI builds to ensure we have the correct version "Favourites" and "History" save their expanded states after app restarts Code cleanup, secu...MiniTwitter: 1.76: MiniTwitter 1.76 ???? ?? ?????????? User Streams ???????????? User Streams ???????????、??????????????? REST ?????????? ?????????????????????????????? ??????????????????????????????Media Companion: MC 3.424b Weekly: Ensure .NET 4.0 Full Framework is installed. (Available from http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?id=17718) Ensure the NFO ID fix is applied when transitioning from versions prior to 3.416b. (Details here) Movie Show Resolutions... Resolved issue when reverting multiselection of movies to "-none-" Added movie rename support for subtitle files '.srt' & '.sub' Finalised code for '-1' fix - radiobutton to choose either filename or title Fixed issue with Movie Batch Wizard Fanart - ...Advanced Windows Phone Enginering Tool: WPE Downloads: This version of WPE gives you basic updating, restoring, and, erasing for your Windows Phone device.Microsoft Ajax Minifier: Microsoft Ajax Minifier 4.37: Fix for issue #16936 - CSS strings containing ASP.NET replacement blocks that contain the same delimiter character(s) as the CSS string cause the CSS parser to barf. Need to use the -aspnet:1 flag to treat the ASP.NET blocks as single entities. Added support for CSS3 @keyframes syntax. Added NuGet package support to the DLL project. Expand the -line switch to also optionally specify the multiline/single line mode, and the spaces-per-tab for multiline mode. Tweak the -pretty switch to be more ...Get simpler, simpler, and simpler: UI 0.1 Binary: Inklude: you can use it with lib, header and dlls. Uzing: you can use it by adding it to your project.New ProjectsArchiveBytes: ArchiveBytes is an archiving solution with rolling archive capabilities. Arduino Controller: Arduino Controller is a GUI to control and arduino wirelessly using: - XBEES - WIFI - Bluetooth All that is required is: - Arduino Controller - Your wireless technology - And an Arduino If you would like info I'm trying to put together sets that include: - Software - Arduino - And a wireless technology (your choice)Artesis - Studiegids MVC: Artesis StudiegidsAzureHost: AzureHost is a synchronization framework that makes it easy to deploy web application files to Windows Azure and keep them synchronized between Web Roles and Blob Storage. AzureHost is a fork of the Windows Azure Accelerator for Umbraco made more simple and generic.Codes Of My ACE Study: Activity-based Center ExpansionCoreGallery.NET: An extensible .NET-based photo gallery. Project has been inactive for some time and currently in very early planning/prototyping stages. Help is definitely welcome!Custom SharePoint Designer Activities for SharePoint 2010: This project adds to the power of SharePoint Designer workflows by adding additional activities that previously were not available including sending emails with attachments, custom from addresses, and much more. Created with visual studio 2010 for SharePoint 2010.Declarative command line parser: A powerful, declarative command-line parsing system in a single .cs file. This file is available as a nuget package (package id: declcmdparser) and can be easily included or excluded in your project.DevCow: This is a location for all of the community projects that help support DevCow.comejg: ejgFibo.Authority: a authority system based on nhibernate,autofac,asp.net MVC,jquery easyui and so on.Georgia Southern House Control: This is a semester project for a group of students at Georgia Southern university.JSAnalyse - Javascript Analyser and Dependency Checker: JSAnalyse - Javascript Analyser and Dependency CheckerLogger - logging for your .NET project using file, mail, debug output: A light weight yet competent logger for .NET with configurable output modules, such as log file, e-mail and debug log. Easy to add your own output module if needed.MetaEdit+ extension for Visual Studio: Visual Studio extension for integrating MetaEdit+ and Visual Studio. This extension allows you to browse MetaEdit+ models and use the main MetaEdit+ functions from Visual Studio. It can also automatically import into Visual Studio the source code generated from MetaEdit+. MonopolyPatrones: Proyecto de patrones de software universidad Javeriana ColombiaMulti-threaded simple Reversi game: XNA Reversi game supporting multi-core processors. NDuplicate: Finds duplicate code (methods) across a C# solution.Netduino-compatible embedded webserver: Embedded Webserver is a small footprint, multi-platform webserver implementation exposing IIS-like API to web enable your hobby project in four easy steps.Orchard UserReviewedItems: An Orchard module extension of the Contrib.Reviews module. Includes a orchard content part for showing the reviews that are written by the user of the current context.PivotViewer Extensions: PivotViewer Extensions is a collection of add-ons to the Silverlight 5 PivotViewer. PowerShell TFS Build Server CmdLets: A set of CmdLets for managing a Team Foundation Server (TFS) Build server through PowerShell. SABON: Simple Access Business Object Network. This is a JavaScript Library that provides quickest way on accessing HTML elements, and DOM this includes Object/Class Creator, Table Effects, Message Box, Object Pop-up, Email Notification, and caseed: Seed creates complete ASP.NET website from object oriented business model definitions. Programers serves programs? No... Programs serves programers, Yep! "Firstly, I think I will build a system with 90% solid functions, and 10% dynamiic functions, the dynamic functions is the flower blossoming from top of it."Sharpshooter: ????OOP??????,??????。Silverlight Front end calling WCF Service in Azure Web Role: I recently written a sample which has Windows Azure Web Role with Silverlight front end, calling to WCF service which is hosted in the same Windows Azure Web Role. SPWikiDialogFix: For SharePoint 2010: Fix to prevent users from receiving ‘The Ribbon Tab with id: "Ribbon.Read" has not been made available for this page or does not exist. Use Ribbon.MakeTabAvailable()’ when viewing wiki pages in dialog mode. For explanation and details, read the blog post at http://blog.furuknap.net/solving-the-ribbon-tab-with-id-ribbon-read-has-not-been-made-available-for-this-page-or-does-not-exist-use-ribbon-maketabavailable Written in C#, because you deserve it.Trinity Christian School Lunches: This is a semester project for a group of students at Georgia Southern University creating a software packages that allows a school to keep track of the lunch orders of students.wp7project: We`re just training...Zavida: C# learning curve.??: fff

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, September 21, 2012

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Friday, September 21, 2012Popular ReleasesWPF Application Framework (WAF): WPF Application Framework (WAF) 2.5.0.8: Version: 2.5.0.8 (Milestone 8): This release contains the source code of the WPF Application Framework (WAF) and the sample applications. Requirements .NET Framework 4.0 (The package contains a solution file for Visual Studio 2010) The unit test projects require Visual Studio 2010 Professional Changelog Legend: [B] Breaking change; [O] Marked member as obsolete WAF: Mark the class DataModel as serializable. InfoMan: Minor improvements. InfoMan: Add unit tests for all modules. Othe...LogicCircuit: LogicCircuit 2.12.9.20: Logic Circuit - is educational software for designing and simulating logic circuits. Intuitive graphical user interface, allows you to create unrestricted circuit hierarchy with multi bit buses, debug circuits behavior with oscilloscope, and navigate running circuits hierarchy. Changes of this versionToolbars on text note dialog are more flexible now. You can select font face, size, color, and background of text you are typing. RAM now can be initialized to one of the following: random va...$linq - A Javascript LINQ library: Version 1.1: Version 1.1 Implemented batch, equiZip, zipLongest, prepend, pad, padWith, toJQuery, pipe, singleOrFallback, indexOf, indexOfElement, lastIndexOf, lastIndexOfElement, scan, prescan, and aggregate operators.Huo Chess: Huo Chess 0.95: The Huo Chess 0.95 version has an improved chessboard analysis function so as to be able to see which squares are the dangerous squares in the chessboard. This allows the computer to understand better when it is threatened. Two editions are included: Huo Chess 0.95 Console Application (57 KB in size) Huo Chess 0.95 Windows Application with GUI (119 KB in size) See http://harmoniaphilosophica.wordpress.com/2011/09/28/how-to-develop-a-chess-program-for-2jszrulazj6wq-23/ for the infamous How...SiteMap Editor for Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011: SiteMap Editor (1.1.2020.421): New features: Disable a specific part of SiteMap to keep the data without displaying them in the CRM application. It simply comments XML part of the sitemap (thanks to rboyers for this feature request) Right click an item and click on "Disable" to disable it Items disabled are greyed and a suffix "- disabled" is added Right click an item and click on "Enable" to enable it Refresh list of web resources in the web resources pickerAJAX Control Toolkit: September 2012 Release: AJAX Control Toolkit Release Notes - September 2012 Release Version 60919September 2012 release of the AJAX Control Toolkit. AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 4.5 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 4.5 and sample site (Recommended). AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 4 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 4 and sample site (Recommended). AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 3.5 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 3.5 and sample site (Recommended). Notes: - The current version of the AJAX Control Toolkit is not compatible with ...Lib.Web.Mvc & Yet another developer blog: Lib.Web.Mvc 6.1.0: Lib.Web.Mvc is a library which contains some helper classes for ASP.NET MVC such as strongly typed jqGrid helper, XSL transformation HtmlHelper/ActionResult, FileResult with range request support, custom attributes and more. Release contains: Lib.Web.Mvc.dll with xml documentation file Standalone documentation in chm file and change log Library source code Sample application for strongly typed jqGrid helper is available here. Sample application for XSL transformation HtmlHelper/ActionRe...Sense/Net CMS - Enterprise Content Management: SenseNet 6.1.2 Community Edition: Sense/Net 6.1.2 Community EditionMain new featuresOur current release brings a lot of bugfixes, including the resolution of js/css editing cache issues, xlsx file handling from Office, expense claim demo workspace fixes and much more. Besides fixes 6.1.2 introduces workflow start options and other minor features like a reusable Reject client button for approval scenarios and resource editor enhancements. We have also fixed an issue with our install package to bring you a flawless installation...WinRT XAML Toolkit: WinRT XAML Toolkit - 1.2.3: WinRT XAML Toolkit based on the Windows 8 RTM SDK. Download the latest source from the SOURCE CODE page. For compiled version use NuGet. You can add it to your project in Visual Studio by going to View/Other Windows/Package Manager Console and entering: PM> Install-Package winrtxamltoolkit Features AsyncUI extensions Controls and control extensions Converters Debugging helpers Imaging IO helpers VisualTree helpers Samples Recent changes NOTE: Namespace changes DebugConsol...Python Tools for Visual Studio: 1.5 RC: PTVS 1.5RC Available! We’re pleased to announce the release of Python Tools for Visual Studio 1.5 RC. Python Tools for Visual Studio (PTVS) is an open-source plug-in for Visual Studio which supports programming with the Python language. PTVS supports a broad range of features including CPython/IronPython, Edit/Intellisense/Debug/Profile, Cloud, HPC, IPython, etc. support. The primary new feature for the 1.5 release is Django including Azure support! The http://www.djangoproject.com is a pop...Launchbar: Lanchbar 4.0.0: First public release.AssaultCube Reloaded: 2.5.4 -: Linux has Ubuntu 11.10 32-bit precompiled binaries and Ubuntu 10.10 64-bit precompiled binaries, but you can compile your own as it also contains the source. If you are using Mac or other operating systems, please wait while we try to package for those OSes. Try to compile it. If it fails, download a virtual machine. The server pack is ready for both Windows and Linux, but you might need to compile your own for Linux (source included) Changelog: New logo Improved airstrike! Reset nukes...Extended WPF Toolkit: Extended WPF Toolkit - 1.7.0: Want an easier way to install the Extended WPF Toolkit?The Extended WPF Toolkit is available on Nuget. What's new in the 1.7.0 Release?New controls Zoombox Pie New features / bug fixes PropertyGrid.ShowTitle property added to allow showing/hiding the PropertyGrid title. Modifications to the PropertyGrid.EditorDefinitions collection will now automatically be applied to the PropertyGrid. Modifications to the PropertyGrid.PropertyDefinitions collection will now be reflected automaticaly...JayData - The cross-platform HTML5 data-management library for JavaScript: JayData 1.2: JayData is a unified data access library for JavaScript to CRUD + Query data from different sources like OData, MongoDB, WebSQL, SqLite, Facebook or YQL. The library can be integrated with Knockout.js or Sencha Touch 2 and can be used on Node.js as well. See it in action in this 6 minutes video Sencha Touch 2 example app using JayData: Netflix browser. What's new in JayData 1.2 For detailed release notes check the release notes. JayData core: all async operations now support promises JayDa...????????API for .Net SDK: SDK for .Net ??? Release 4: 2012?9?17??? ?????,???????????????。 ?????Release 3??????,???????,???,??? ??????????????????SDK,????????。 ??,??????? That's all.VidCoder: 1.4.0 Beta: First Beta release! Catches up to HandBrake nightlies with SVN 4937. Added PGS (Blu-ray) subtitle support. Additional framerates available: 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Additional sample rates available: 8, 11.025, 12 and 16 kHz Additional higher bitrates available for audio. Same as Source Constant Framerate available. Added Apple TV 3 preset. Added new Bob deinterlacing option. Introduced process isolation for encodes. Now if HandBrake crashes, VidCoder will keep running and continue pro...DNN Metro7 style Skin package: Metro7 style Skin for DotNetNuke 06.02.01: Stabilization release fixed this issues: Links not worked on FF, Chrome and Safari Modified packaging with own manifest file for install and source package. Moved the user Image on the Login to the left side. Moved h2 font-size to 24px. Note : This release Comes w/o source package about we still work an a solution. Who Needs the Visual Studio source files please go to source and download it from there. Known 16 CSS issues that related to the skin.css. All others are DNN default o...Visual Studio Icon Patcher: Version 1.5.1: This fixes a bug in the 1.5 release where it would crash when no language packs were installed for VS2010.VFPX: Desktop Alerts 1.0.2: This update for the Desktop Alerts contains changes to behavior for setting custom sounds for alerts. I have removed ALERTWAV.TXT from the project, and also removed DA_DEFAULTSOUND from the VFPALERT.H file. The AlertManager class and Alert class both have a "default" cSound of ADDBS(JUSTPATH(_VFP.ServerName))+"alert.wav" --- so, as long as you distribute a sound file with the file name "alert.wav" along with the EXE, that file will be used. You can set your own sound file globally by setti...MCEBuddy 2.x: MCEBuddy 2.2.15: Changelog for 2.2.15 (32bit and 64bit) 1. Added support for %originalfilepath% to get the source file full path. Used for custom commands only. 2. Added support for better parsing of Media Portal XML files to extract ShowName and Episode Name and download additional details from TVDB (like Season No, Episode No etc). 3. Added support for TVDB seriesID in metadata 4. Added support for eMail non blocking UI testNew ProjectsAppDevPoint: Cross-platform development tool for native applications without rewriting the business logic code but maintaining the speed and appearance of the OS.Author-it Plugin Hello World: A simple plug-in to help developers understand how to create a plug-in for Author-it. Build SharePoint Applications with Windows 8: Create a SharePoint Lists reader for Windows Store apps using C#/VB and XAML via WCFCatwitter - a WinRT example with Twitter and Catel: WinRT example of Catel in combination with Twitter.Community xPress MDS: Community xPress MDS is intended to serve as a reference Master Data Management implementation and learning tool for those interested in MDS & DQS.ControlDesktop: My LoveDITA to Author-it Plugin: This project is an Author-it plug-in that allows you to import several files types into Author-it, including DITA. EasyPrint: Straight forward class used to print text documents in Embarcadero's C++ Builder. Wraps the TPrinter object to allow a programmer to print pages of text.Ffmpeg converter: This is a tool that monitors folders and that converts then to the desired format. Feel free to contributeHCIProject: HCI tantárgy házi feladata, mozimusor alkalmazás.Keyboard capture of F1 and F2 (and others) in Compact Framework: How to capture F1 and F2 in Compact Framework on Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5.3MCSave: Automatically "reload" to a previous point your Minecraft game. Lose all your diamonds to that conveniently place pool of lava? Not anymore.Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 Event Binder: Bind form events for CRM 2011 entities without drilling into a CRM form entity. An easier way to manage CRM jJavascript events.Mini Author-it Exporter: This is a minimal console application written in .NET/C# that exports a topic from Author-it, displays it, then closes. Mini Author-it Importer: A minimal importer for the Author-it system.MyMediaStore: Sistema para registro de mídias de acervo no computador. Versão atual: 1.0.2 - RTM. Nesta versão: Registro de vídeos. Visualização de vídeos. NAV Metro: Dynamics NAV 2013 Metro App framework.netcloud: dfdfPlanar Mechanism Kinematic Simulator (PMKS): PMKS returns quick and accurate results for the position, velocity, and acceleration of rigid bodies connected as planar mechanisms.Project Austin: Austin is a digital note-taking app for Windows 8.robintools: nothing is doingSalud Ocupacional: salud ocupacionalText-Based Calculator: Text-based calculator that accepts a string of input and performs mathematical operations on the numeric values represented by the data in the string. Tôi di h?i l?: This project only have Vietnamese version and follow function from I Paid a Bribe.comtuXXdo: This is extended from Orchard blog engine.Xiaoweiyu toolkit: toolsXiaoweiyu website: just a test

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Sunday, September 23, 2012

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Sunday, September 23, 2012Popular ReleasesPlayer Framework by Microsoft: Player Framework for Windows 8 (Preview 6): IMPORTANT: List of breaking changes from preview 5 Added separate samples download with .vsix dependencies instead of source dependencies Support for FreeWheel SmartXML ad responses Support for Smooth Streaming SDK DownloaderPlugins Support for VMAP and TTML polling for live scenarios Support for custom smooth streaming byte stream and scheme handlers Support for new play time and position tracking plugin Added IsLiveChanged event Added AdaptivePlugin.MaxBitrate property Add...WPF Application Framework (WAF): WPF Application Framework (WAF) 2.5.0.8: Version: 2.5.0.8 (Milestone 8): This release contains the source code of the WPF Application Framework (WAF) and the sample applications. Requirements .NET Framework 4.0 (The package contains a solution file for Visual Studio 2010) The unit test projects require Visual Studio 2010 Professional Changelog Legend: [B] Breaking change; [O] Marked member as obsolete WAF: Mark the class DataModel as serializable. InfoMan: Minor improvements. InfoMan: Add unit tests for all modules. Othe...LogicCircuit: LogicCircuit 2.12.9.20: Logic Circuit - is educational software for designing and simulating logic circuits. Intuitive graphical user interface, allows you to create unrestricted circuit hierarchy with multi bit buses, debug circuits behavior with oscilloscope, and navigate running circuits hierarchy. Changes of this versionToolbars on text note dialog are more flexible now. You can select font face, size, color, and background of text you are typing. RAM now can be initialized to one of the following: random va...Huo Chess: Huo Chess 0.95: The Huo Chess 0.95 version has an improved chessboard analysis function so as to be able to see which squares are the dangerous squares in the chessboard. This allows the computer to understand better when it is threatened. Two editions are included: Huo Chess 0.95 Console Application (57 KB in size) Huo Chess 0.95 Windows Application with GUI (119 KB in size) See http://harmoniaphilosophica.wordpress.com/2011/09/28/how-to-develop-a-chess-program-for-2jszrulazj6wq-23/ for the infamous How...SiteMap Editor for Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011: SiteMap Editor (1.1.2020.421): New features: Disable a specific part of SiteMap to keep the data without displaying them in the CRM application. It simply comments XML part of the sitemap (thanks to rboyers for this feature request) Right click an item and click on "Disable" to disable it Items disabled are greyed and a suffix "- disabled" is added Right click an item and click on "Enable" to enable it Refresh list of web resources in the web resources pickerAJAX Control Toolkit: September 2012 Release: AJAX Control Toolkit Release Notes - September 2012 Release Version 60919September 2012 release of the AJAX Control Toolkit. AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 4.5 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 4.5 and sample site (Recommended). AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 4 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 4 and sample site (Recommended). AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 3.5 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 3.5 and sample site (Recommended). Notes: - The current version of the AJAX Control Toolkit is not compatible with ...Sense/Net CMS - Enterprise Content Management: SenseNet 6.1.2 Community Edition: Sense/Net 6.1.2 Community EditionMain new featuresOur current release brings a lot of bugfixes, including the resolution of js/css editing cache issues, xlsx file handling from Office, expense claim demo workspace fixes and much more. Besides fixes 6.1.2 introduces workflow start options and other minor features like a reusable Reject client button for approval scenarios and resource editor enhancements. We have also fixed an issue with our install package to bring you a flawless installation...WinRT XAML Toolkit: WinRT XAML Toolkit - 1.2.3: WinRT XAML Toolkit based on the Windows 8 RTM SDK. Download the latest source from the SOURCE CODE page. For compiled version use NuGet. You can add it to your project in Visual Studio by going to View/Other Windows/Package Manager Console and entering: PM> Install-Package winrtxamltoolkit Features AsyncUI extensions Controls and control extensions Converters Debugging helpers Imaging IO helpers VisualTree helpers Samples Recent changes NOTE: Namespace changes DebugConsol...Python Tools for Visual Studio: 1.5 RC: PTVS 1.5RC Available! We’re pleased to announce the release of Python Tools for Visual Studio 1.5 RC. Python Tools for Visual Studio (PTVS) is an open-source plug-in for Visual Studio which supports programming with the Python language. PTVS supports a broad range of features including CPython/IronPython, Edit/Intellisense/Debug/Profile, Cloud, HPC, IPython, etc. support. The primary new feature for the 1.5 release is Django including Azure support! The http://www.djangoproject.com is a pop...Launchbar: Lanchbar 4.0.0: This application requires .NET 4.5 which you can find here: www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/downloadsAssaultCube Reloaded: 2.5.4 -: Linux has Ubuntu 11.10 32-bit precompiled binaries and Ubuntu 10.10 64-bit precompiled binaries, but you can compile your own as it also contains the source. If you are using Mac or other operating systems, please wait while we try to package for those OSes. Try to compile it. If it fails, download a virtual machine. The server pack is ready for both Windows and Linux, but you might need to compile your own for Linux (source included) Changelog: New logo Improved airstrike! Reset nukes...Extended WPF Toolkit: Extended WPF Toolkit - 1.7.0: Want an easier way to install the Extended WPF Toolkit?The Extended WPF Toolkit is available on Nuget. What's new in the 1.7.0 Release?New controls Zoombox Pie New features / bug fixes PropertyGrid.ShowTitle property added to allow showing/hiding the PropertyGrid title. Modifications to the PropertyGrid.EditorDefinitions collection will now automatically be applied to the PropertyGrid. Modifications to the PropertyGrid.PropertyDefinitions collection will now be reflected automaticaly...JayData - The cross-platform HTML5 data-management library for JavaScript: JayData 1.2: JayData is a unified data access library for JavaScript to CRUD + Query data from different sources like OData, MongoDB, WebSQL, SqLite, Facebook or YQL. The library can be integrated with Knockout.js or Sencha Touch 2 and can be used on Node.js as well. See it in action in this 6 minutes video Sencha Touch 2 example app using JayData: Netflix browser. What's new in JayData 1.2 For detailed release notes check the release notes. JayData core: all async operations now support promises JayDa...LiteBlog (MVC): LiteBlog 1.32: Features added Tree View in Archive widget Upgraded from ASP.NET MVC 3 to MVC 4 Refactored most popular code Added ATOM feed Minor changes to styles????????API for .Net SDK: SDK for .Net ??? Release 4: 2012?9?17??? ?????,???????????????。 ?????Release 3??????,???????,???,??? ??????????????????SDK,????????。 ??,??????? That's all.VidCoder: 1.4.0 Beta: First Beta release! Catches up to HandBrake nightlies with SVN 4937. Added PGS (Blu-ray) subtitle support. Additional framerates available: 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Additional sample rates available: 8, 11.025, 12 and 16 kHz Additional higher bitrates available for audio. Same as Source Constant Framerate available. Added Apple TV 3 preset. Added new Bob deinterlacing option. Introduced process isolation for encodes. Now if HandBrake crashes, VidCoder will keep running and continue pro...DNN Metro7 style Skin package: Metro7 style Skin for DotNetNuke 06.02.01: Stabilization release fixed this issues: Links not worked on FF, Chrome and Safari Modified packaging with own manifest file for install and source package. Moved the user Image on the Login to the left side. Moved h2 font-size to 24px. Note : This release Comes w/o source package about we still work an a solution. Who Needs the Visual Studio source files please go to source and download it from there. Known 16 CSS issues that related to the skin.css. All others are DNN default o...Online Image Editor: Online Image Editor: Features: In this tool, you can edit or adapt your Photo or Image Online in your browser. After uploading, you can adjust your photo by increasing/decreasing Brightness and Contrast. Several filters and effects are available to enhance your photo: Sepia, Sepia and Negative Effect. You can also add Text to your photos and you can choose from any number of common font types. You can adjust text position and color..NET Plugin Manager: 1.0.2012.0917: Provides complete functionality for tiered plugin loading, unloading, and plugin collection management. The Plugin abstract class defines the most primitive plugin requirements and logic. The PluginHost abstract class is a Plugin that loads other plugins. The PluginManager manages the filtering, loading and unloading of plugins. Plugins can be loaded using file path, directory path (with or without recursive directory look-up), and interface type filtering. A Plugin will only be instantia...Free DotNetNuke MultiFunction Skin: MultiFunction Free DotNetNuke Skin v01.02.00: Version 1.2.0 includes the following fixes Removed the clearfix class and is now using dnnClear that ships with DotNetNuke Includes a popupSkin.ascx that is used for the iframe inside the DNN 6 modal windows. Removed control panel DIV tag from all skins as it isn't used in DNN6. Removed left/right borders from the paneOutline class in DNN so that the LAYOUT mode displays without wrapping Had a fix in place for SubMenu CSS when you have a long sub menu Compiled against v6.2.1, requir...New Projects360gu: This project is only used to team build. Alarm Clock: This is a simple free open source MIT licensed alarm clock for Windows. It is less than a hundred lines of code. Written in Visual Studio C# 2010 EE.BlackIce: BlackIce project integrates the MVVM pattern with the MVC pattern providing a set of components that allow you to create a web application from scratch quickly.Casablanca Geodatabase Server: A sample prototype using the Casablanca SDK and the FileGDB API for accessing local geodatabases as GIS service.edx: edexFergo SimpleDXF: A simple DXF library to read layer and entities from DXF files. Easy to use and enough for those who only need the geometry data from the DXF file.Grupa 1 - projekt 1: KoniecIntelligent Bug Tracker System: Intelligent Bug Tracker System a new way to catch bugsKV Player: KV Player has been coded and developed solely by me using Windows Presentation Foundation 4.0. It has been coded in C# 4.0 and the UI has been designed in XAML.MarginCalc: Margin calculator for Windows 8 Metro.MiniProfilerWebFormsEnabler: Sets up MiniProfiler along with a URL you can call to enable/disable the MiniProfiler for your session. Secure File Encrypter: Secure file encrypter is a simple project allowing any user to encrypt or decrypt files on the go! You can use this to basically hide files from anyone!Simple Telnet Client Library: ??????c#?、???telnet?????。suidtool - Batch Matroska Segment UID Reader/Editor: A simple tool/frontend to the mkvtoolnix package to read and/or edit segment UIDs of Matroska files.test project kigod: summary hereUltra Subtitles: This project is registered and implemented as the capstone project for the team members in FPT University.US Elections App for WP7: Source code for the US Elections App (http://www.uselectionsapp.com) for Windows Phone 7. It uses the AgFx, TweetSharp, Northern Lights libsVisual Studio Shell Context Menu: Shell context menu extension for Visual Studio 2010 & 2012.

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Saturday, September 22, 2012

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Saturday, September 22, 2012Popular ReleasesWPF Application Framework (WAF): WPF Application Framework (WAF) 2.5.0.8: Version: 2.5.0.8 (Milestone 8): This release contains the source code of the WPF Application Framework (WAF) and the sample applications. Requirements .NET Framework 4.0 (The package contains a solution file for Visual Studio 2010) The unit test projects require Visual Studio 2010 Professional Changelog Legend: [B] Breaking change; [O] Marked member as obsolete WAF: Mark the class DataModel as serializable. InfoMan: Minor improvements. InfoMan: Add unit tests for all modules. Othe...LogicCircuit: LogicCircuit 2.12.9.20: Logic Circuit - is educational software for designing and simulating logic circuits. Intuitive graphical user interface, allows you to create unrestricted circuit hierarchy with multi bit buses, debug circuits behavior with oscilloscope, and navigate running circuits hierarchy. Changes of this versionToolbars on text note dialog are more flexible now. You can select font face, size, color, and background of text you are typing. RAM now can be initialized to one of the following: random va...$linq - A Javascript LINQ library: Version 1.1: Version 1.1 Implemented batch, equiZip, zipLongest, prepend, pad, padWith, toJQuery, pipe, singleOrFallback, indexOf, indexOfElement, lastIndexOf, lastIndexOfElement, scan, prescan, and aggregate operators.Huo Chess: Huo Chess 0.95: The Huo Chess 0.95 version has an improved chessboard analysis function so as to be able to see which squares are the dangerous squares in the chessboard. This allows the computer to understand better when it is threatened. Two editions are included: Huo Chess 0.95 Console Application (57 KB in size) Huo Chess 0.95 Windows Application with GUI (119 KB in size) See http://harmoniaphilosophica.wordpress.com/2011/09/28/how-to-develop-a-chess-program-for-2jszrulazj6wq-23/ for the infamous How...Symphony Framework: Symphony Framework v2.0.0.2: Symphony Framework version 2.0.0.2. General note: If you install Symphony Framework 2.0.0.2 you must also install CodeGen 4.1.10 because a number of templates now utilise new features added to the tool. Added the user token PROJECTNAMESPACE to the “Symphony_Content.tpl” template to ensure that we can correctly reference the collection classes of the selection lists. Also added the ability to create object references to fields defined as having selection windows assigned. This enhancement ...Community xPress MDS: Initial MDS and DQS Models: Initial MDS & DQS ModelsSiteMap Editor for Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011: SiteMap Editor (1.1.2020.421): New features: Disable a specific part of SiteMap to keep the data without displaying them in the CRM application. It simply comments XML part of the sitemap (thanks to rboyers for this feature request) Right click an item and click on "Disable" to disable it Items disabled are greyed and a suffix "- disabled" is added Right click an item and click on "Enable" to enable it Refresh list of web resources in the web resources pickerAJAX Control Toolkit: September 2012 Release: AJAX Control Toolkit Release Notes - September 2012 Release Version 60919September 2012 release of the AJAX Control Toolkit. AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 4.5 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 4.5 and sample site (Recommended). AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 4 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 4 and sample site (Recommended). AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 3.5 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 3.5 and sample site (Recommended). Notes: - The current version of the AJAX Control Toolkit is not compatible with ...Lib.Web.Mvc & Yet another developer blog: Lib.Web.Mvc 6.1.0: Lib.Web.Mvc is a library which contains some helper classes for ASP.NET MVC such as strongly typed jqGrid helper, XSL transformation HtmlHelper/ActionResult, FileResult with range request support, custom attributes and more. Release contains: Lib.Web.Mvc.dll with xml documentation file Standalone documentation in chm file and change log Library source code Sample application for strongly typed jqGrid helper is available here. Sample application for XSL transformation HtmlHelper/ActionRe...Sense/Net CMS - Enterprise Content Management: SenseNet 6.1.2 Community Edition: Sense/Net 6.1.2 Community EditionMain new featuresOur current release brings a lot of bugfixes, including the resolution of js/css editing cache issues, xlsx file handling from Office, expense claim demo workspace fixes and much more. Besides fixes 6.1.2 introduces workflow start options and other minor features like a reusable Reject client button for approval scenarios and resource editor enhancements. We have also fixed an issue with our install package to bring you a flawless installation...WinRT XAML Toolkit: WinRT XAML Toolkit - 1.2.3: WinRT XAML Toolkit based on the Windows 8 RTM SDK. Download the latest source from the SOURCE CODE page. For compiled version use NuGet. You can add it to your project in Visual Studio by going to View/Other Windows/Package Manager Console and entering: PM> Install-Package winrtxamltoolkit Features AsyncUI extensions Controls and control extensions Converters Debugging helpers Imaging IO helpers VisualTree helpers Samples Recent changes NOTE: Namespace changes DebugConsol...Python Tools for Visual Studio: 1.5 RC: PTVS 1.5RC Available! We’re pleased to announce the release of Python Tools for Visual Studio 1.5 RC. Python Tools for Visual Studio (PTVS) is an open-source plug-in for Visual Studio which supports programming with the Python language. PTVS supports a broad range of features including CPython/IronPython, Edit/Intellisense/Debug/Profile, Cloud, HPC, IPython, etc. support. The primary new feature for the 1.5 release is Django including Azure support! The http://www.djangoproject.com is a pop...Launchbar: Lanchbar 4.0.0: This application requires .NET 4.5 which you can find here: www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/downloadsAssaultCube Reloaded: 2.5.4 -: Linux has Ubuntu 11.10 32-bit precompiled binaries and Ubuntu 10.10 64-bit precompiled binaries, but you can compile your own as it also contains the source. If you are using Mac or other operating systems, please wait while we try to package for those OSes. Try to compile it. If it fails, download a virtual machine. The server pack is ready for both Windows and Linux, but you might need to compile your own for Linux (source included) Changelog: New logo Improved airstrike! Reset nukes...Extended WPF Toolkit: Extended WPF Toolkit - 1.7.0: Want an easier way to install the Extended WPF Toolkit?The Extended WPF Toolkit is available on Nuget. What's new in the 1.7.0 Release?New controls Zoombox Pie New features / bug fixes PropertyGrid.ShowTitle property added to allow showing/hiding the PropertyGrid title. Modifications to the PropertyGrid.EditorDefinitions collection will now automatically be applied to the PropertyGrid. Modifications to the PropertyGrid.PropertyDefinitions collection will now be reflected automaticaly...JayData - The cross-platform HTML5 data-management library for JavaScript: JayData 1.2: JayData is a unified data access library for JavaScript to CRUD + Query data from different sources like OData, MongoDB, WebSQL, SqLite, Facebook or YQL. The library can be integrated with Knockout.js or Sencha Touch 2 and can be used on Node.js as well. See it in action in this 6 minutes video Sencha Touch 2 example app using JayData: Netflix browser. What's new in JayData 1.2 For detailed release notes check the release notes. JayData core: all async operations now support promises JayDa...????????API for .Net SDK: SDK for .Net ??? Release 4: 2012?9?17??? ?????,???????????????。 ?????Release 3??????,???????,???,??? ??????????????????SDK,????????。 ??,??????? That's all.VidCoder: 1.4.0 Beta: First Beta release! Catches up to HandBrake nightlies with SVN 4937. Added PGS (Blu-ray) subtitle support. Additional framerates available: 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Additional sample rates available: 8, 11.025, 12 and 16 kHz Additional higher bitrates available for audio. Same as Source Constant Framerate available. Added Apple TV 3 preset. Added new Bob deinterlacing option. Introduced process isolation for encodes. Now if HandBrake crashes, VidCoder will keep running and continue pro...DNN Metro7 style Skin package: Metro7 style Skin for DotNetNuke 06.02.01: Stabilization release fixed this issues: Links not worked on FF, Chrome and Safari Modified packaging with own manifest file for install and source package. Moved the user Image on the Login to the left side. Moved h2 font-size to 24px. Note : This release Comes w/o source package about we still work an a solution. Who Needs the Visual Studio source files please go to source and download it from there. Known 16 CSS issues that related to the skin.css. All others are DNN default o...Visual Studio Icon Patcher: Version 1.5.1: This fixes a bug in the 1.5 release where it would crash when no language packs were installed for VS2010.New ProjectsCodePlexDeployment: Please ignore, this project is for testing out some features of the WAWS deployment integrationDotNetNuke Social Dashboard: The DotNetNuke Social Dashboard gives DotNetNuke Administrators and insight into the social statistics of their site.EESTEC LC Trieste: .Event Log Mailer: Mails events from Windows' system Event Log which matches rules in configuration. Runs as Windows service and has super simple configurationflx4432: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Aliquam facilisis condimentum nulla. Duis sed quam vitae nunc semper facilisis a eget leo.lanWOLf: Send wake-on-lan packets across subnets by utilizing powered-on machines on each subnet.Micro-Apps Framework: Micro-Apps is a revolutionary piece of software that allows you to have multiple programs running from 1 file under the same process!NJ: NJ Language Learning Helper type Config() = // Just Code Example member x.GetAll() = seq{ yield {Name="Admin" Dictionary = OtfPG: To generate reproducible complex passwords from simple pass phrases, allowing the user to 'remember; a simple phrase, rather that a complex password, without evProject92104: as ppProject92105: ppaProject92107: papaPython intellisense Enhancer: For the python code, the intellisense box will show after you input a character, just like c#.QR Code Reader (By Screen Capture): Reads the QR Codes displayed in webpages. (You need to capture the code area) Displays the code information.scenariov1706jabbr: helloSharePoint 2013 REST Test Web Part: A simple web part (placed in a farm solution) that helps SharePoint developers to test every HTTP call to the new REST interface of SharePoint 2013.SharePoint Resources Updater (2010 /2013): Project for SharePoint 2010/2013 IT pro's and dev's to adress App_GlobalResources difficulties when developping SharePoint solutions(or maintaining large farms)Word CustomXML data services: Services to add,change and read metadata embedded into a Word document. Metadata are stored in a custom XML file into the Word document. ??????: ge ren xiang mu

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Thursday, September 20, 2012

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Thursday, September 20, 2012Popular ReleasesSiteMap Editor for Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011: SiteMap Editor (1.1.2020.421): New features: Disable a specific part of SiteMap to keep the data without displaying them in the CRM application. It simply comments XML part of the sitemap (thanks to rboyers for this feature request) Right click an item and click on "Disable" to disable it Items disabled are greyed and a suffix "- disabled" is added Right click an item and click on "Enable" to enable it Refresh list of web resources in the web resources pickerWPF Animated GIF: WPF Animated GIF 1.2.1: Bug fixes 1275: fixed rendering issues when DisposalMethod = 2 or 3AJAX Control Toolkit: September 2012 Release: AJAX Control Toolkit Release Notes - September 2012 Release Version 60919September 2012 release of the AJAX Control Toolkit. AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 4.5 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 4.5 and sample site (Recommended). AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 4 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 4 and sample site (Recommended). AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 3.5 – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 3.5 and sample site (Recommended). Notes: - The current version of the AJAX Control Toolkit is not compatible with ...Lib.Web.Mvc & Yet another developer blog: Lib.Web.Mvc 6.1.0: Lib.Web.Mvc is a library which contains some helper classes for ASP.NET MVC such as strongly typed jqGrid helper, XSL transformation HtmlHelper/ActionResult, FileResult with range request support, custom attributes and more. Release contains: Lib.Web.Mvc.dll with xml documentation file Standalone documentation in chm file and change log Library source code Sample application for strongly typed jqGrid helper is available here. Sample application for XSL transformation HtmlHelper/ActionRe...Sense/Net CMS - Enterprise Content Management: SenseNet 6.1.2 Community Edition: Sense/Net 6.1.2 Community EditionMain new featuresOur current release brings a lot of bugfixes, including the resolution of js/css editing cache issues, xlsx file handling from Office, expense claim demo workspace fixes and much more. Besides fixes 6.1.2 introduces workflow start options and other minor features like a reusable Reject client button for approval scenarios and resource editor enhancements. We have also fixed an issue with our install package to bring you a flawless installation...WinRT XAML Toolkit: WinRT XAML Toolkit - 1.2.3: WinRT XAML Toolkit based on the Windows 8 RTM SDK. Download the latest source from the SOURCE CODE page. For compiled version use NuGet. You can add it to your project in Visual Studio by going to View/Other Windows/Package Manager Console and entering: PM> Install-Package winrtxamltoolkit Features AsyncUI extensions Controls and control extensions Converters Debugging helpers Imaging IO helpers VisualTree helpers Samples Recent changes NOTE: Namespace changes DebugConsol...Python Tools for Visual Studio: 1.5 RC: PTVS 1.5RC Available! We’re pleased to announce the release of Python Tools for Visual Studio 1.5 RC. Python Tools for Visual Studio (PTVS) is an open-source plug-in for Visual Studio which supports programming with the Python language. PTVS supports a broad range of features including CPython/IronPython, Edit/Intellisense/Debug/Profile, Cloud, HPC, IPython, etc. support. The primary new feature for the 1.5 release is Django including Azure support! The http://www.djangoproject.com is a pop...Launchbar: Lanchbar 4.0.0: First public release.AssaultCube Reloaded: 2.5.4 -: Linux has Ubuntu 11.10 32-bit precompiled binaries and Ubuntu 10.10 64-bit precompiled binaries, but you can compile your own as it also contains the source. If you are using Mac or other operating systems, please wait while we try to package for those OSes. Try to compile it. If it fails, download a virtual machine. The server pack is ready for both Windows and Linux, but you might need to compile your own for Linux (source included) Changelog: New logo Improved airstrike! Reset nukes...Extended WPF Toolkit: Extended WPF Toolkit - 1.7.0: Want an easier way to install the Extended WPF Toolkit?The Extended WPF Toolkit is available on Nuget. What's new in the 1.7.0 Release?New controls Zoombox Pie New features / bug fixes PropertyGrid.ShowTitle property added to allow showing/hiding the PropertyGrid title. Modifications to the PropertyGrid.EditorDefinitions collection will now automatically be applied to the PropertyGrid. Modifications to the PropertyGrid.PropertyDefinitions collection will now be reflected automaticaly...JayData - The cross-platform HTML5 data-management library for JavaScript: JayData 1.2: JayData is a unified data access library for JavaScript to CRUD + Query data from different sources like OData, MongoDB, WebSQL, SqLite, Facebook or YQL. The library can be integrated with Knockout.js or Sencha Touch 2 and can be used on Node.js as well. See it in action in this 6 minutes video Sencha Touch 2 example app using JayData: Netflix browser. What's new in JayData 1.2 For detailed release notes check the release notes. JayData core: all async operations now support promises JayDa...????????API for .Net SDK: SDK for .Net ??? Release 4: 2012?9?17??? ?????,???????????????。 ?????Release 3??????,???????,???,??? ??????????????????SDK,????????。 ??,??????? That's all.VidCoder: 1.4.0 Beta: First Beta release! Catches up to HandBrake nightlies with SVN 4937. Added PGS (Blu-ray) subtitle support. Additional framerates available: 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Additional sample rates available: 8, 11.025, 12 and 16 kHz Additional higher bitrates available for audio. Same as Source Constant Framerate available. Added Apple TV 3 preset. Added new Bob deinterlacing option. Introduced process isolation for encodes. Now if HandBrake crashes, VidCoder will keep running and continue pro...DNN Metro7 style Skin package: Metro7 style Skin for DotNetNuke 06.02.01: Stabilization release fixed this issues: Links not worked on FF, Chrome and Safari Modified packaging with own manifest file for install and source package. Moved the user Image on the Login to the left side. Moved h2 font-size to 24px. Note : This release Comes w/o source package about we still work an a solution. Who Needs the Visual Studio source files please go to source and download it from there. Known 16 CSS issues that related to the skin.css. All others are DNN default o...Visual Studio Icon Patcher: Version 1.5.1: This fixes a bug in the 1.5 release where it would crash when no language packs were installed for VS2010.VFPX: Desktop Alerts 1.0.2: This update for the Desktop Alerts contains changes to behavior for setting custom sounds for alerts. I have removed ALERTWAV.TXT from the project, and also removed DA_DEFAULTSOUND from the VFPALERT.H file. The AlertManager class and Alert class both have a "default" cSound of ADDBS(JUSTPATH(_VFP.ServerName))+"alert.wav" --- so, as long as you distribute a sound file with the file name "alert.wav" along with the EXE, that file will be used. You can set your own sound file globally by setti...MCEBuddy 2.x: MCEBuddy 2.2.15: Changelog for 2.2.15 (32bit and 64bit) 1. Added support for %originalfilepath% to get the source file full path. Used for custom commands only. 2. Added support for better parsing of Media Portal XML files to extract ShowName and Episode Name and download additional details from TVDB (like Season No, Episode No etc). 3. Added support for TVDB seriesID in metadata 4. Added support for eMail non blocking UI testEmmaClient - Liveresults for Orienteering: EmmaClient 2012-09-13: Minor release with a small fix for producing OS2012 results (and status of runners in the forest)Multiple Image choice custom field type: MultipleImageUpload V1.0: This is the Custom field type which allows the users to choose image as a choice field. This custom field type is SharePoint 2010, install the WSP thru powershell or Stsadm tool and enjoy the functionality...MDS Administration: Version 1.1.3: Fixed Rename issueNew Projects3dxia: bug3dxiaBitbucket Issue Tracker: A simple issue-tracking Windows client for your projects hosted on bitbucket.org.C++ thread-safe logging: Visual Studio C++ log library project: add to your project for thread-safe logging capabilities.Caddies GeoNote: The work started from making a vision for a neighbourhood communication platform, and ended up in creating the version 1.0 of a mobile application – GeoNotes – CodePlexGitHookForAzure: TestCommerce Server Pipeline Log Analyzer: This tool read and analyze pipeline logs under one selected folder. It applies to Microsoft Commerce Server 2002, 2007, 2009 and 2009 R2 Pipeline logs.Contrib.Mod.ResetPassword: Send reset link as a shapeContrib.Taxonomies.ViewExtension: Orchard module that adds a filter box to the taxonomies selector.EasierRdp: This is a remote desktop session management tool which provides an easy way to maintain multiple users and servers' connectionEconomic news grabber: WCF service for get news from rss, news sites and etc. WPF client for presentation this data for end users.Eticaret Sitesi: eee ticFacebook Graph API SDK Helper Class Library: Facebook C# Graph API SDK Helper Class Under developmentfxch01v14: helloKarned 2: Karned est un carnet de pêche informatique. Ce logiciel permet de noter vos prises de pêche à des fins d'analyse, ou simplement pour le souvenir...lixotrash: SandBox and POCs collections, not interesting hereLoggerLib: The project is a "Tracing Library" developed in a Borland C++ enviroment. Il progetto consiste in una libreria di tracciamento, sviluppata in ambiente Borland.LyncTalker: A simple tray application which will speak incoming Lync instant messages.MicroFrameWork: MicroFrameWorkNuzzle: 2.6.5 Dofus EmulatorPDF Merge: PDF Merge is a simple user-friendly application that allows you to merge multiple PDF documents including scanned / imported documents and images into 1 PDF.Pipeline: A library of several lightweight pipeline implementations ("pipes and filters" pattern).Prime Calculator: PrimeCalculator factorizes a number or a math expression into its prime factors or if prime display its prime type [Unit, Prime, Additive, Pure].Racing: not ready yetRuntime DataSet/DataTable viewer: This component basically allows you to inspect the contents of any Data Set or a Data Table at runtime without breaking into the debugger again and again.Service billing: Student group work for the College of West Anglia UCWA. Snake!: A Snake game written in C#SoccerBot: this is just a test projectSQL Server Trace File Import Utility: Command-line utility to import trace files into a data warehouse type structure. Currently it only handles Login events.testscenairo7onv14: helloToQueryString: Serialize any object in C# to a query string with the .ToQueryString() extension method. Supports primitives, strings, arrays and collections.tyajz: tyajz projectWindows Azure Table Storage: you can find all the details in my blog: hhaggan.wordpress.com and if you do have any question or inquiries feel free to contact me at hhaggan@hotmail.comwtcms: wtcms

    Read the article

  • From HttpRuntime.Cache to Windows Azure Caching (Preview)

    - by Jeff
    I don’t know about you, but the announcement of Windows Azure Caching (Preview) (yes, the parentheses are apparently part of the interim name) made me a lot more excited about using Azure. Why? Because one of the great performance tricks of any Web app is to cache frequently used data in memory, so it doesn’t have to hit the database, a service, or whatever. When you run your Web app on one box, HttpRuntime.Cache is a sweet and stupid-simple solution. Somewhere in the data fetching pieces of your app, you can see if an object is available in cache, and return that instead of hitting the data store. I did this quite a bit in POP Forums, and it dramatically cuts down on the database chatter. The problem is that it falls apart if you run the app on many servers, in a Web farm, where one server may initiate a change to that data, and the others will have no knowledge of the change, making it stale. Of course, if you have the infrastructure to do so, you can use something like memcached or AppFabric to do a distributed cache, and achieve the caching flavor you desire. You could do the same thing in Azure before, but it would cost more because you’d need to pay for another role or VM or something to host the cache. Now, you can use a portion of the memory from each instance of a Web role to act as that cache, with no additional cost. That’s huge. So if you’re using a percentage of memory that comes out to 100 MB, and you have three instances running, that’s 300 MB available for caching. For the uninitiated, a Web role in Azure is essentially a VM that runs a Web app (worker roles are the same idea, only without the IIS part). You can spin up many instances of the role, and traffic is load balanced to the various instances. It’s like adding or removing servers to a Web farm all willy-nilly and at your discretion, and it’s what the cloud is all about. I’d say it’s my favorite thing about Windows Azure. The slightly annoying thing about developing for a Web role in Azure is that the local emulator that’s launched by Visual Studio is a little on the slow side. If you’re used to using the built-in Web server, you’re used to building and then alt-tabbing to your browser and refreshing a page. If you’re just changing an MVC view, you’re not even doing the building part. Spinning up the simulated Azure environment is too slow for this, but ideally you want to code your app to use this fantastic distributed cache mechanism. So first off, here’s the link to the page showing how to code using the caching feature. If you’re used to using HttpRuntime.Cache, this should be pretty familiar to you. Let’s say that you want to use the Azure cache preview when you’re running in Azure, but HttpRuntime.Cache if you’re running local, or in a regular IIS server environment. Through the magic of dependency injection, we can get there pretty quickly. First, design an interface to handle the cache insertion, fetching and removal. Mine looks like this: public interface ICacheProvider {     void Add(string key, object item, int duration);     T Get<T>(string key) where T : class;     void Remove(string key); } Now we’ll create two implementations of this interface… one for Azure cache, one for HttpRuntime: public class AzureCacheProvider : ICacheProvider {     public AzureCacheProvider()     {         _cache = new DataCache("default"); // in Microsoft.ApplicationServer.Caching, see how-to      }         private readonly DataCache _cache;     public void Add(string key, object item, int duration)     {         _cache.Add(key, item, new TimeSpan(0, 0, 0, 0, duration));     }     public T Get<T>(string key) where T : class     {         return _cache.Get(key) as T;     }     public void Remove(string key)     {         _cache.Remove(key);     } } public class LocalCacheProvider : ICacheProvider {     public LocalCacheProvider()     {         _cache = HttpRuntime.Cache;     }     private readonly System.Web.Caching.Cache _cache;     public void Add(string key, object item, int duration)     {         _cache.Insert(key, item, null, DateTime.UtcNow.AddMilliseconds(duration), System.Web.Caching.Cache.NoSlidingExpiration);     }     public T Get<T>(string key) where T : class     {         return _cache[key] as T;     }     public void Remove(string key)     {         _cache.Remove(key);     } } Feel free to expand these to use whatever cache features you want. I’m not going to go over dependency injection here, but I assume that if you’re using ASP.NET MVC, you’re using it. Somewhere in your app, you set up the DI container that resolves interfaces to concrete implementations (Ninject call is a “kernel” instead of a container). For this example, I’ll show you how StructureMap does it. It uses a convention based scheme, where if you need to get an instance of IFoo, it looks for a class named Foo. You can also do this mapping explicitly. The initialization of the container looks something like this: ObjectFactory.Initialize(x =>             {                 x.Scan(scan =>                         {                             scan.AssembliesFromApplicationBaseDirectory();                             scan.WithDefaultConventions();                         });                 if (Microsoft.WindowsAzure.ServiceRuntime.RoleEnvironment.IsAvailable)                     x.For<ICacheProvider>().Use<AzureCacheProvider>();                 else                     x.For<ICacheProvider>().Use<LocalCacheProvider>();             }); If you use Ninject or Windsor or something else, that’s OK. Conceptually they’re all about the same. The important part is the conditional statement that checks to see if the app is running in Azure. If it is, it maps ICacheProvider to AzureCacheProvider, otherwise it maps to LocalCacheProvider. Now when a request comes into your MVC app, and the chain of dependency resolution occurs, you can see to it that the right caching code is called. A typical design may have a call stack that goes: Controller –> BusinessLogicClass –> Repository. Let’s say your repository class looks like this: public class MyRepo : IMyRepo {     public MyRepo(ICacheProvider cacheProvider)     {         _context = new MyDataContext();         _cache = cacheProvider;     }     private readonly MyDataContext _context;     private readonly ICacheProvider _cache;     public SomeType Get(int someTypeID)     {         var key = "somename-" + someTypeID;         var cachedObject = _cache.Get<SomeType>(key);         if (cachedObject != null)         {             _context.SomeTypes.Attach(cachedObject);             return cachedObject;         }         var someType = _context.SomeTypes.SingleOrDefault(p => p.SomeTypeID == someTypeID);         _cache.Add(key, someType, 60000);         return someType;     } ... // more stuff to update, delete or whatever, being sure to remove // from cache when you do so  When the DI container gets an instance of the repo, it passes an instance of ICacheProvider to the constructor, which in this case will be whatever implementation was specified when the container was initialized. The Get method first tries to hit the cache, and of course doesn’t care what the underlying implementation is, Azure, HttpRuntime, or otherwise. If it finds the object, it returns it right then. If not, it hits the database (this example is using Entity Framework), and inserts the object into the cache before returning it. The important thing not pictured here is that other methods in the repo class will construct the key for the cached object, in this case “somename-“ plus the ID of the object, and then remove it from cache, in any method that alters or deletes the object. That way, no matter what instance of the role is processing the request, it won’t find the object if it has been made stale, that is, updated or outright deleted, forcing it to attempt to hit the database. So is this good technique? Well, sort of. It depends on how you use it, and what your testing looks like around it. Because of differences in behavior and execution of the two caching providers, for example, you could see some strange errors. For example, I immediately got an error indicating there was no parameterless constructor for an MVC controller, because the DI resolver failed to create instances for the dependencies it had. In reality, the NuGet packaged DI resolver for StructureMap was eating an exception thrown by the Azure components that said my configuration, outlined in that how-to article, was wrong. That error wouldn’t occur when using the HttpRuntime. That’s something a lot of people debate about using different components like that, and how you configure them. I kinda hate XML config files, and like the idea of the code-based approach above, but you should be darn sure that your unit and integration testing can account for the differences.

    Read the article

  • Using FiddlerCore to capture HTTP Requests with .NET

    - by Rick Strahl
    Over the last few weeks I’ve been working on my Web load testing utility West Wind WebSurge. One of the key components of a load testing tool is the ability to capture URLs effectively so that you can play them back later under load. One of the options in WebSurge for capturing URLs is to use its built-in capture tool which acts as an HTTP proxy to capture any HTTP and HTTPS traffic from most Windows HTTP clients, including Web Browsers as well as standalone Windows applications and services. To make this happen, I used Eric Lawrence’s awesome FiddlerCore library, which provides most of the functionality of his desktop Fiddler application, all rolled into an easy to use library that you can plug into your own applications. FiddlerCore makes it almost too easy to capture HTTP content! For WebSurge I needed to capture all HTTP traffic in order to capture the full HTTP request – URL, headers and any content posted by the client. The result of what I ended up creating is this semi-generic capture form: In this post I’m going to demonstrate how easy it is to use FiddlerCore to build this HTTP Capture Form.  If you want to jump right in here are the links to get Telerik’s Fiddler Core and the code for the demo provided here. FiddlerCore Download FiddlerCore on NuGet Show me the Code (WebSurge Integration code from GitHub) Download the WinForms Sample Form West Wind Web Surge (example implementation in live app) Note that FiddlerCore is bound by a license for commercial usage – see license.txt in the FiddlerCore distribution for details. Integrating FiddlerCore FiddlerCore is a library that simply plugs into your application. You can download it from the Telerik site and manually add the assemblies to your project, or you can simply install the NuGet package via:       PM> Install-Package FiddlerCore The library consists of the FiddlerCore.dll as well as a couple of support libraries (CertMaker.dll and BCMakeCert.dll) that are used for installing SSL certificates. I’ll have more on SSL captures and certificate installation later in this post. But first let’s see how easy it is to use FiddlerCore to capture HTTP content by looking at how to build the above capture form. Capturing HTTP Content Once the library is installed it’s super easy to hook up Fiddler functionality. Fiddler includes a number of static class methods on the FiddlerApplication object that can be called to hook up callback events as well as actual start monitoring HTTP URLs. In the following code directly lifted from WebSurge, I configure a few filter options on Form level object, from the user inputs shown on the form by assigning it to a capture options object. In the live application these settings are persisted configuration values, but in the demo they are one time values initialized and set on the form. Once these options are set, I hook up the AfterSessionComplete event to capture every URL that passes through the proxy after the request is completed and start up the Proxy service:void Start() { if (tbIgnoreResources.Checked) CaptureConfiguration.IgnoreResources = true; else CaptureConfiguration.IgnoreResources = false; string strProcId = txtProcessId.Text; if (strProcId.Contains('-')) strProcId = strProcId.Substring(strProcId.IndexOf('-') + 1).Trim(); strProcId = strProcId.Trim(); int procId = 0; if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(strProcId)) { if (!int.TryParse(strProcId, out procId)) procId = 0; } CaptureConfiguration.ProcessId = procId; CaptureConfiguration.CaptureDomain = txtCaptureDomain.Text; FiddlerApplication.AfterSessionComplete += FiddlerApplication_AfterSessionComplete; FiddlerApplication.Startup(8888, true, true, true); } The key lines for FiddlerCore are just the last two lines of code that include the event hookup code as well as the Startup() method call. Here I only hook up to the AfterSessionComplete event but there are a number of other events that hook various stages of the HTTP request cycle you can also hook into. Other events include BeforeRequest, BeforeResponse, RequestHeadersAvailable, ResponseHeadersAvailable and so on. In my case I want to capture the request data and I actually have several options to capture this data. AfterSessionComplete is the last event that fires in the request sequence and it’s the most common choice to capture all request and response data. I could have used several other events, but AfterSessionComplete is one place where you can look both at the request and response data, so this will be the most common place to hook into if you’re capturing content. The implementation of AfterSessionComplete is responsible for capturing all HTTP request headers and it looks something like this:private void FiddlerApplication_AfterSessionComplete(Session sess) { // Ignore HTTPS connect requests if (sess.RequestMethod == "CONNECT") return; if (CaptureConfiguration.ProcessId > 0) { if (sess.LocalProcessID != 0 && sess.LocalProcessID != CaptureConfiguration.ProcessId) return; } if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(CaptureConfiguration.CaptureDomain)) { if (sess.hostname.ToLower() != CaptureConfiguration.CaptureDomain.Trim().ToLower()) return; } if (CaptureConfiguration.IgnoreResources) { string url = sess.fullUrl.ToLower(); var extensions = CaptureConfiguration.ExtensionFilterExclusions; foreach (var ext in extensions) { if (url.Contains(ext)) return; } var filters = CaptureConfiguration.UrlFilterExclusions; foreach (var urlFilter in filters) { if (url.Contains(urlFilter)) return; } } if (sess == null || sess.oRequest == null || sess.oRequest.headers == null) return; string headers = sess.oRequest.headers.ToString(); var reqBody = sess.GetRequestBodyAsString(); // if you wanted to capture the response //string respHeaders = session.oResponse.headers.ToString(); //var respBody = session.GetResponseBodyAsString(); // replace the HTTP line to inject full URL string firstLine = sess.RequestMethod + " " + sess.fullUrl + " " + sess.oRequest.headers.HTTPVersion; int at = headers.IndexOf("\r\n"); if (at < 0) return; headers = firstLine + "\r\n" + headers.Substring(at + 1); string output = headers + "\r\n" + (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(reqBody) ? reqBody + "\r\n" : string.Empty) + Separator + "\r\n\r\n"; BeginInvoke(new Action<string>((text) => { txtCapture.AppendText(text); UpdateButtonStatus(); }), output); } The code starts by filtering out some requests based on the CaptureOptions I set before the capture is started. These options/filters are applied when requests actually come in. This is very useful to help narrow down the requests that are captured for playback based on options the user picked. I find it useful to limit requests to a certain domain for captures, as well as filtering out some request types like static resources – images, css, scripts etc. This is of course optional, but I think it’s a common scenario and WebSurge makes good use of this feature. AfterSessionComplete like other FiddlerCore events, provides a Session object parameter which contains all the request and response details. There are oRequest and oResponse objects to hold their respective data. In my case I’m interested in the raw request headers and body only, as you can see in the commented code you can also retrieve the response headers and body. Here the code captures the request headers and body and simply appends the output to the textbox on the screen. Note that the Fiddler events are asynchronous, so in order to display the content in the UI they have to be marshaled back the UI thread with BeginInvoke, which here simply takes the generated headers and appends it to the existing textbox test on the form. As each request is processed, the headers are captured and appended to the bottom of the textbox resulting in a Session HTTP capture in the format that Web Surge internally supports, which is basically raw request headers with a customized 1st HTTP Header line that includes the full URL rather than a server relative URL. When the capture is done the user can either copy the raw HTTP session to the clipboard, or directly save it to file. This raw capture format is the same format WebSurge and also Fiddler use to import/export request data. While this code is application specific, it demonstrates the kind of logic that you can easily apply to the request capture process, which is one of the reasonsof why FiddlerCore is so powerful. You get to choose what content you want to look up as part of your own application logic and you can then decide how to capture or use that data as part of your application. The actual captured data in this case is only a string. The user can edit the data by hand or in the the case of WebSurge, save it to disk and automatically open the captured session as a new load test. Stopping the FiddlerCore Proxy Finally to stop capturing requests you simply disconnect the event handler and call the FiddlerApplication.ShutDown() method:void Stop() { FiddlerApplication.AfterSessionComplete -= FiddlerApplication_AfterSessionComplete; if (FiddlerApplication.IsStarted()) FiddlerApplication.Shutdown(); } As you can see, adding HTTP capture functionality to an application is very straight forward. FiddlerCore offers tons of features I’m not even touching on here – I suspect basic captures are the most common scenario, but a lot of different things can be done with FiddlerCore’s simple API interface. Sky’s the limit! The source code for this sample capture form (WinForms) is provided as part of this article. Adding Fiddler Certificates with FiddlerCore One of the sticking points in West Wind WebSurge has been that if you wanted to capture HTTPS/SSL traffic, you needed to have the full version of Fiddler and have HTTPS decryption enabled. Essentially you had to use Fiddler to configure HTTPS decryption and the associated installation of the Fiddler local client certificate that is used for local decryption of incoming SSL traffic. While this works just fine, requiring to have Fiddler installed and then using a separate application to configure the SSL functionality isn’t ideal. Fortunately FiddlerCore actually includes the tools to register the Fiddler Certificate directly using FiddlerCore. Why does Fiddler need a Certificate in the first Place? Fiddler and FiddlerCore are essentially HTTP proxies which means they inject themselves into the HTTP conversation by re-routing HTTP traffic to a special HTTP port (8888 by default for Fiddler) and then forward the HTTP data to the original client. Fiddler injects itself as the system proxy in using the WinInet Windows settings  which are the same settings that Internet Explorer uses and that are configured in the Windows and Internet Explorer Internet Settings dialog. Most HTTP clients running on Windows pick up and apply these system level Proxy settings before establishing new HTTP connections and that’s why most clients automatically work once Fiddler – or FiddlerCore/WebSurge are running. For plain HTTP requests this just works – Fiddler intercepts the HTTP requests on the proxy port and then forwards them to the original port (80 for HTTP and 443 for SSL typically but it could be any port). For SSL however, this is not quite as simple – Fiddler can easily act as an HTTPS/SSL client to capture inbound requests from the server, but when it forwards the request to the client it has to also act as an SSL server and provide a certificate that the client trusts. This won’t be the original certificate from the remote site, but rather a custom local certificate that effectively simulates an SSL connection between the proxy and the client. If there is no custom certificate configured for Fiddler the SSL request fails with a certificate validation error. The key for this to work is that a custom certificate has to be installed that the HTTPS client trusts on the local machine. For a much more detailed description of the process you can check out Eric Lawrence’s blog post on Certificates. If you’re using the desktop version of Fiddler you can install a local certificate into the Windows certificate store. Fiddler proper does this from the Options menu: This operation does several things: It installs the Fiddler Root Certificate It sets trust to this Root Certificate A new client certificate is generated for each HTTPS site monitored Certificate Installation with FiddlerCore You can also provide this same functionality using FiddlerCore which includes a CertMaker class. Using CertMaker is straight forward to use and it provides an easy way to create some simple helpers that can install and uninstall a Fiddler Root certificate:public static bool InstallCertificate() { if (!CertMaker.rootCertExists()) { if (!CertMaker.createRootCert()) return false; if (!CertMaker.trustRootCert()) return false; } return true; } public static bool UninstallCertificate() { if (CertMaker.rootCertExists()) { if (!CertMaker.removeFiddlerGeneratedCerts(true)) return false; } return true; } InstallCertificate() works by first checking whether the root certificate is already installed and if it isn’t goes ahead and creates a new one. The process of creating the certificate is a two step process – first the actual certificate is created and then it’s moved into the certificate store to become trusted. I’m not sure why you’d ever split these operations up since a cert created without trust isn’t going to be of much value, but there are two distinct steps. When you trigger the trustRootCert() method, a message box will pop up on the desktop that lets you know that you’re about to trust a local private certificate. This is a security feature to ensure that you really want to trust the Fiddler root since you are essentially installing a man in the middle certificate. It’s quite safe to use this generated root certificate, because it’s been specifically generated for your machine and thus is not usable from external sources, the only way to use this certificate in a trusted way is from the local machine. IOW, unless somebody has physical access to your machine, there’s no useful way to hijack this certificate and use it for nefarious purposes (see Eric’s post for more details). Once the Root certificate has been installed, FiddlerCore/Fiddler create new certificates for each site that is connected to with HTTPS. You can end up with quite a few temporary certificates in your certificate store. To uninstall you can either use Fiddler and simply uncheck the Decrypt HTTPS traffic option followed by the remove Fiddler certificates button, or you can use FiddlerCore’s CertMaker.removeFiddlerGeneratedCerts() which removes the root cert and any of the intermediary certificates Fiddler created. Keep in mind that when you uninstall you uninstall the certificate for both FiddlerCore and Fiddler, so use UninstallCertificate() with care and realize that you might affect the Fiddler application’s operation by doing so as well. When to check for an installed Certificate Note that the check to see if the root certificate exists is pretty fast, while the actual process of installing the certificate is a relatively slow operation that even on a fast machine takes a few seconds. Further the trust operation pops up a message box so you probably don’t want to install the certificate repeatedly. Since the check for the root certificate is fast, you can easily put a call to InstallCertificate() in any capture startup code – in which case the certificate installation only triggers when a certificate is in fact not installed. Personally I like to make certificate installation explicit – just like Fiddler does, so in WebSurge I use a small drop down option on the menu to install or uninstall the SSL certificate:   This code calls the InstallCertificate and UnInstallCertificate functions respectively – the experience with this is similar to what you get in Fiddler with the extra dialog box popping up to prompt confirmation for installation of the root certificate. Once the cert is installed you can then capture SSL requests. There’s a gotcha however… Gotcha: FiddlerCore Certificates don’t stick by Default When I originally tried to use the Fiddler certificate installation I ran into an odd problem. I was able to install the certificate and immediately after installation was able to capture HTTPS requests. Then I would exit the application and come back in and try the same HTTPS capture again and it would fail due to a missing certificate. CertMaker.rootCertExists() would return false after every restart and if re-installed the certificate a new certificate would get added to the certificate store resulting in a bunch of duplicated root certificates with different keys. What the heck? CertMaker and BcMakeCert create non-sticky CertificatesI turns out that FiddlerCore by default uses different components from what the full version of Fiddler uses. Fiddler uses a Windows utility called MakeCert.exe to create the Fiddler Root certificate. FiddlerCore however installs the CertMaker.dll and BCMakeCert.dll assemblies, which use a different crypto library (Bouncy Castle) for certificate creation than MakeCert.exe which uses the Windows Crypto API. The assemblies provide support for non-windows operation for Fiddler under Mono, as well as support for some non-Windows certificate platforms like iOS and Android for decryption. The bottom line is that the FiddlerCore provided bouncy castle assemblies are not sticky by default as the certificates created with them are not cached as they are in Fiddler proper. To get certificates to ‘stick’ you have to explicitly cache the certificates in Fiddler’s internal preferences. A cache aware version of InstallCertificate looks something like this:public static bool InstallCertificate() { if (!CertMaker.rootCertExists()) { if (!CertMaker.createRootCert()) return false; if (!CertMaker.trustRootCert()) return false; App.Configuration.UrlCapture.Cert = FiddlerApplication.Prefs.GetStringPref("fiddler.certmaker.bc.cert", null); App.Configuration.UrlCapture.Key = FiddlerApplication.Prefs.GetStringPref("fiddler.certmaker.bc.key", null); } return true; } public static bool UninstallCertificate() { if (CertMaker.rootCertExists()) { if (!CertMaker.removeFiddlerGeneratedCerts(true)) return false; } App.Configuration.UrlCapture.Cert = null; App.Configuration.UrlCapture.Key = null; return true; } In this code I store the Fiddler cert and private key in an application configuration settings that’s stored with the application settings (App.Configuration.UrlCapture object). These settings automatically persist when WebSurge is shut down. The values are read out of Fiddler’s internal preferences store which is set after a new certificate has been created. Likewise I clear out the configuration settings when the certificate is uninstalled. In order for these setting to be used you have to also load the configuration settings into the Fiddler preferences *before* a call to rootCertExists() is made. I do this in the capture form’s constructor:public FiddlerCapture(StressTestForm form) { InitializeComponent(); CaptureConfiguration = App.Configuration.UrlCapture; MainForm = form; if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(App.Configuration.UrlCapture.Cert)) { FiddlerApplication.Prefs.SetStringPref("fiddler.certmaker.bc.key", App.Configuration.UrlCapture.Key); FiddlerApplication.Prefs.SetStringPref("fiddler.certmaker.bc.cert", App.Configuration.UrlCapture.Cert); }} This is kind of a drag to do and not documented anywhere that I could find, so hopefully this will save you some grief if you want to work with the stock certificate logic that installs with FiddlerCore. MakeCert provides sticky Certificates and the same functionality as Fiddler But there’s actually an easier way. If you want to skip the above Fiddler preference configuration code in your application you can choose to distribute MakeCert.exe instead of certmaker.dll and bcmakecert.dll. When you use MakeCert.exe, the certificates settings are stored in Windows so they are available without any custom configuration inside of your application. It’s easier to integrate and as long as you run on Windows and you don’t need to support iOS or Android devices is simply easier to deal with. To integrate into your project, you can remove the reference to CertMaker.dll (and the BcMakeCert.dll assembly) from your project. Instead copy MakeCert.exe into your output folder. To make sure MakeCert.exe gets pushed out, include MakeCert.exe in your project and set the Build Action to None, and Copy to Output Directory to Copy if newer. Note that the CertMaker.dll reference in the project has been removed and on disk the files for Certmaker.dll, as well as the BCMakeCert.dll files on disk. Keep in mind that these DLLs are resources of the FiddlerCore NuGet package, so updating the package may end up pushing those files back into your project. Once MakeCert.exe is distributed FiddlerCore checks for it first before using the assemblies so as long as MakeCert.exe exists it’ll be used for certificate creation (at least on Windows). Summary FiddlerCore is a pretty sweet tool, and it’s absolutely awesome that we get to plug in most of the functionality of Fiddler right into our own applications. A few years back I tried to build this sort of functionality myself for an app and ended up giving up because it’s a big job to get HTTP right – especially if you need to support SSL. FiddlerCore now provides that functionality as a turnkey solution that can be plugged into your own apps easily. The only downside is FiddlerCore’s documentation for more advanced features like certificate installation which is pretty sketchy. While for the most part FiddlerCore’s feature set is easy to work with without any documentation, advanced features are often not intuitive to gleam by just using Intellisense or the FiddlerCore help file reference (which is not terribly useful). While Eric Lawrence is very responsive on his forum and on Twitter, there simply isn’t much useful documentation on Fiddler/FiddlerCore available online. If you run into trouble the forum is probably the first place to look and then ask a question if you can’t find the answer. The best documentation you can find is Eric’s Fiddler Book which covers a ton of functionality of Fiddler and FiddlerCore. The book is a great reference to Fiddler’s feature set as well as providing great insights into the HTTP protocol. The second half of the book that gets into the innards of HTTP is an excellent read for anybody who wants to know more about some of the more arcane aspects and special behaviors of HTTP – it’s well worth the read. While the book has tons of information in a very readable format, it’s unfortunately not a great reference as it’s hard to find things in the book and because it’s not available online you can’t electronically search for the great content in it. But it’s hard to complain about any of this given the obvious effort and love that’s gone into this awesome product for all of these years. A mighty big thanks to Eric Lawrence  for having created this useful tool that so many of us use all the time, and also to Telerik for picking up Fiddler/FiddlerCore and providing Eric the resources to support and improve this wonderful tool full time and keeping it free for all. Kudos! Resources FiddlerCore Download FiddlerCore NuGet Fiddler Capture Sample Form Fiddler Capture Form in West Wind WebSurge (GitHub) Eric Lawrence’s Fiddler Book© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2014Posted in .NET  HTTP   Tweet !function(d,s,id){var js,fjs=d.getElementsByTagName(s)[0];if(!d.getElementById(id)){js=d.createElement(s);js.id=id;js.src="//platform.twitter.com/widgets.js";fjs.parentNode.insertBefore(js,fjs);}}(document,"script","twitter-wjs"); (function() { var po = document.createElement('script'); po.type = 'text/javascript'; po.async = true; po.src = 'https://apis.google.com/js/plusone.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(po, s); })();

    Read the article

  • Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

    - by Mark Virtue
    Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it.  But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems.  However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7).  We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments.  The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized.  When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint.  I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers.  So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject.  But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it.  Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all.  He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for.  And he always finds it.  He’s a Search Samurai.  For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit.  On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available?  Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization.  But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually.  Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want.  It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed.  Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns).  Clever naming of the files will only get you so far.  Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file.  How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria?  Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer.  It’s time to upgrade your computer.  How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you?  Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work.  How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers.  If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not.  Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up.  If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not.  This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason.  Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized.  Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1.  Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time.  And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization.  This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you.  You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer.  i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc.  Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”.  You may then realize that there are overlaps.  For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play.  So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file.  In other words, who created the files.  You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).”  This system happens to be the one I use myself.  See below:  Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization.  For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken.  It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”.  Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder.  Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place.  Current, active projects live in yet another place.  All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle!  Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2.  When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop.  You need to be disciplined – forever!  Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs!  Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3.  Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\).  In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”.  If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you.  And every operating system has a different system!  In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents.  In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you.  “My Documents” is the worst offender.  Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder.  These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them!  In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all.  Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it.  It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder!  Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch!  Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one.  This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated.  The benefits of that are profound.  Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:).  You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning:  From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own.  So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own.  If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files.  The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple.   It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything!  Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc).  In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder:   Tip #4.  Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip.  It almost goes without saying.  Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files.  Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5.  Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need.  Don’t be scared to do so.  Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so.  Examples might include:  All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009.  That’s only seven levels deep.  Ten levels is not uncommon.  Of course, it’s possible to take this too far.  If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous.  On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!).  Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6.  Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users.  These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files.  In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser).  Those ones you can leave where they are.  But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you.  Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files.  When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution:  Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure!  If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy.  Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location.  Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7.  Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway:  Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2).  Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8.  Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names.  If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9.  Use Shortcuts!  Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer.  A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that?  Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical.  This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder.  It’s a bit like a tree.  A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files).  Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data.  There are others:  Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently.  The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time.  Why is this a problem?  Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located.  Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to.  Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day.  You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it.  Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure.  For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith.  It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith.  But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place.  So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009.  The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places.  Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that:  It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems).  Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please.  In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk.  Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document.  Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file.  There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data.  The original is still intact.  All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great?  Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time.  You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place.  They demand to exist in two places.  Shortcuts allow this!  Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access.  The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut!  Each of those areas exist for one purpose only:  For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose:  To make accessing your files more convenient.  Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file.  Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts?  There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy):  Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder.  When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7).   If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10.  Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you.  Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer).  Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time.  Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time.  This means that the software component files are of little importance.  Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important.  It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file.  If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion.  File it in your own folder!  In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11.  Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized.  It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them.  Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file.  For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials.  It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12.  Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can.  There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember.  No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved).  There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on.  If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers.  Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13.  Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet.  You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list.  You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you.  It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder.  Rightly or wrongly, most people do.  It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful:  If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there.  In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system?  Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy.  This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key.  Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop:  the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14.  Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”.  Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it.  This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk.  The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects.  Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop.  This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15.  Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized.  If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed:  You’re not keeping up with your to-do list.  Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it.  You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing.  File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible.  If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16.  File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately.  Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop.  That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files.  When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders.  They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17.  Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc).  We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files).  And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers.  Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive?  And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article).  These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions).  You can think of them as “virtual” folders.  They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files.  If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection.  You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files.  An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19.  Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer.  Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu.  Some simply put a single program icon.  Others create a folder based on the name of the software.  And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer.  It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over.  All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications.  A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate.  Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc).  Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts.  One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer.  Having two parallel structures can often be redundant:  If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant.  Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it).  To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version.  Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected.  From there it’s easy.  Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts.  Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note:  When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version.  You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20.  Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way.  Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you.  For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget:  when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21.  Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer.  It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\.  99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files.  And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder).  Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user.  Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22.  Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view).  It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders.  It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess.  See if you can avoid this.  Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them.  The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons.  You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized.  It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop.  If so, then enough said.  Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above).  On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects).  Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23.  Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get.  If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are.  An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop.  That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24.  Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them.  If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice.  However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them.  For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article.  In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks.  This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time.  Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25.  Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there).  This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance.  Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive.  If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them.  Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box:   Tip #26.  Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet.  Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it.  You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27.  Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files.  Others will contain only sub-folders.  And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders.  You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder.  It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28.  Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this.  Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos.  The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29.  Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office?  Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time?  In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with?  If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for?  Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure.  I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly.  For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder.  You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30.  Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here.  This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process.  In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”.  It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31.  Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32.  Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist.  These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening.  Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files).  Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient.  Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33.  Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it.  For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s).  This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder.  The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name).  Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them.  My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves.  _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34.  Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important.  So are our photos and music files.  We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them.  But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on.  These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth.  Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software.  Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files!  And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc.  If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned.  Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them.  Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder?  Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want.  If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s).  Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate.  When faced with programs like these, you have three choices:  (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder.  All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry).  This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts).  In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35.  Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7):   Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36.  Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note:  These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program.  If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry.  Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft  \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes.  Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37.  Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for.  Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs.  But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38.  Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP.  The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows.  Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time.  A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39.  Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon.  Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder.  Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in.  For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40.  Ummmmm…. No, that’s it.  I can’t think of another one.  That’s all of the tips I can come up with.  I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista).  The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself.  Very minimal.  All my files are contained within C:\Files.  I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio:  Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development:  Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour:  Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies:  Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music:  (see below) Setups:  Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System:  (see below) TV:  Downloaded TV shows Writings:  Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers:  JPEG scans Guitar tabs:  Text files of guitar sheet music Lists:  e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics:  Text files MIDI:  Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder):  MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video:  Video clips Sheet Music:  usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others:  Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others:  Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book:  None of your business Playlists:  M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing:  Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs:  Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings:  Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized?  Please share them with us in the comments.  Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

    Read the article

  • Integrating HTML into Silverlight Applications

    - by dwahlin
    Looking for a way to display HTML content within a Silverlight application? If you haven’t tried doing that before it can be challenging at first until you know a few tricks of the trade.  Being able to display HTML is especially handy when you’re required to display RSS feeds (with embedded HTML), SQL Server Reporting Services reports, PDF files (not actually HTML – but the techniques discussed will work), or other HTML content.  In this post I'll discuss three options for displaying HTML content in Silverlight applications and describe how my company is using these techniques in client applications. Displaying HTML Overlays If you need to display HTML over a Silverlight application (such as an RSS feed containing HTML data in it) you’ll need to set the Silverlight control’s windowless parameter to true. This can be done using the object tag as shown next: <object data="data:application/x-silverlight-2," type="application/x-silverlight-2" width="100%" height="100%"> <param name="source" value="ClientBin/HTMLAndSilverlight.xap"/> <param name="onError" value="onSilverlightError" /> <param name="background" value="white" /> <param name="minRuntimeVersion" value="4.0.50401.0" /> <param name="autoUpgrade" value="true" /> <param name="windowless" value="true" /> <a href="http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=149156&v=4.0.50401.0" style="text-decoration:none"> <img src="http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=161376" alt="Get Microsoft Silverlight" style="border-style:none"/> </a> </object> By setting the control to “windowless” you can overlay HTML objects by using absolute positioning and other CSS techniques. Keep in mind that on Windows machines the windowless setting can result in a performance hit when complex animations or HD video are running since the plug-in content is displayed directly by the browser window. It goes without saying that you should only set windowless to true when you really need the functionality it offers. For example, if I want to display my blog’s RSS content on top of a Silverlight application I could set windowless to true and create a user control that grabbed the content and output it using a DataList control: <style type="text/css"> a {text-decoration:none;font-weight:bold;font-size:14pt;} </style> <div style="margin-top:10px; margin-left:10px;margin-right:5px;"> <asp:DataList ID="RSSDataList" runat="server" DataSourceID="RSSDataSource"> <ItemTemplate> <a href='<%# XPath("link") %>'><%# XPath("title") %></a> <br /> <%# XPath("description") %> <br /> </ItemTemplate> </asp:DataList> <asp:XmlDataSource ID="RSSDataSource" DataFile="http://weblogs.asp.net/dwahlin/rss.aspx" XPath="rss/channel/item" CacheDuration="60" runat="server" /> </div> The user control can then be placed in the page hosting the Silverlight control as shown below. This example adds a Close button, additional content to display in the overlay window and the HTML generated from the user control. <div id="RSSDiv"> <div style="background-color:#484848;border:1px solid black;height:35px;width:100%;"> <img alt="Close Button" align="right" src="Images/Close.png" onclick="HideOverlay();" style="cursor:pointer;" /> </div> <div style="overflow:auto;width:800px;height:565px;"> <div style="float:left;width:100px;height:103px;margin-left:10px;margin-top:5px;"> <img src="http://weblogs.asp.net/blogs/dwahlin/dan2008.jpg" style="border:1px solid Gray" /> </div> <div style="float:left;width:300px;height:103px;margin-top:5px;"> <a href="http://weblogs.asp.net/dwahlin" style="margin-left:10px;font-size:20pt;">Dan Wahlin's Blog</a> </div> <br /><br /><br /> <div style="clear:both;margin-top:20px;"> <uc:BlogRoller ID="BlogRoller" runat="server" /> </div> </div> </div> Of course, we wouldn’t want the RSS HTML content to be shown until requested. Once it’s requested the absolute position of where it should show above the Silverlight control can be set using standard CSS styles. The following ID selector named #RSSDiv handles hiding the overlay div shown above and determines where it will be display on the screen. #RSSDiv { background-color:White; position:absolute; top:100px; left:300px; width:800px; height:600px; border:1px solid black; display:none; } Now that the HTML content to display above the Silverlight control is set, how can we show it as a user clicks a HyperlinkButton or other control in the application? Fortunately, Silverlight provides an excellent HTML bridge that allows direct access to content hosted within a page. The following code shows two JavaScript functions that can be called from Siverlight to handle showing or hiding HTML overlay content. The two functions rely on jQuery (http://www.jQuery.com) to make it easy to select HTML objects and manipulate their properties: function ShowOverlay() { rssDiv.css('display', 'block'); } function HideOverlay() { rssDiv.css('display', 'none'); } Calling the ShowOverlay function is as simple as adding the following code into the Silverlight application within a button’s Click event handler: private void OverlayHyperlinkButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) { HtmlPage.Window.Invoke("ShowOverlay"); } The result of setting the Silverlight control’s windowless parameter to true and showing the HTML overlay content is shown in the following screenshot:   Thinking Outside the Box to Show HTML Content Setting the windowless parameter to true may not be a viable option for some Silverlight applications or you may simply want to go about showing HTML content a different way. The next technique I’ll show takes advantage of simple HTML, CSS and JavaScript code to handle showing HTML content while a Silverlight application is running in the browser. Keep in mind that with Silverlight’s HTML bridge feature you can always pop-up HTML content in a new browser window using code similar to the following: System.Windows.Browser.HtmlPage.Window.Navigate( new Uri("http://silverlight.net"), "_blank"); For this example I’ll demonstrate how to hide the Silverlight application while maximizing a container div containing the HTML content to show. This allows HTML content to take up the full screen area of the browser without having to set windowless to true and when done right can make the user feel like they never left the Silverlight application. The following HTML shows several div elements that are used to display HTML within the same browser window as the Silverlight application: <div id="JobPlanDiv"> <div style="vertical-align:middle"> <img alt="Close Button" align="right" src="Images/Close.png" onclick="HideJobPlanIFrame();" style="cursor:pointer;" /> </div> <div id="JobPlan_IFrame_Container" style="height:95%;width:100%;margin-top:37px;"></div> </div> The JobPlanDiv element acts as a container for two other divs that handle showing a close button and hosting an iframe that will be added dynamically at runtime. JobPlanDiv isn’t visible when the Silverlight application loads due to the following ID selector added into the page: #JobPlanDiv { position:absolute; background-color:#484848; overflow:hidden; left:0; top:0; height:100%; width:100%; display:none; } When the HTML content needs to be shown or hidden the JavaScript functions shown next can be used: var jobPlanIFrameID = 'JobPlan_IFrame'; var slHost = null; var jobPlanContainer = null; var jobPlanIFrameContainer = null; var rssDiv = null; $(document).ready(function () { slHost = $('#silverlightControlHost'); jobPlanContainer = $('#JobPlanDiv'); jobPlanIFrameContainer = $('#JobPlan_IFrame_Container'); rssDiv = $('#RSSDiv'); }); function ShowJobPlanIFrame(url) { jobPlanContainer.css('display', 'block'); $('<iframe id="' + jobPlanIFrameID + '" src="' + url + '" style="height:100%;width:100%;" />') .appendTo(jobPlanIFrameContainer); slHost.css('width', '0%'); } function HideJobPlanIFrame() { jobPlanContainer.css('display', 'none'); $('#' + jobPlanIFrameID).remove(); slHost.css('width', '100%'); } ShowJobPlanIFrame() handles showing the JobPlanDiv div and adding an iframe into it dynamically. Once JobPlanDiv is shown, the Silverlight control host has its width set to a value of 0% to allow the control to stay alive while making it invisible to the user. I found that this technique works better across multiple browsers as opposed to manipulating the Silverlight control host div’s display or visibility properties. Now that you’ve seen the code to handle showing and hiding the HTML content area, let’s switch focus to the Silverlight application. As a user clicks on a link such as “View Report” the ShowJobPlanIFrame() JavaScript function needs to be called. The following code handles that task: private void ReportHyperlinkButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) { ShowBrowser(_BaseUrl + "/Report.aspx"); } public void ShowBrowser(string url) { HtmlPage.Window.Invoke("ShowJobPlanIFrame", url); } Any URL can be passed into the ShowBrowser() method which handles invoking the JavaScript function. This includes standard web pages or even PDF files. We’ve used this technique frequently with our SmartPrint control (http://www.smartwebcontrols.com) which converts Silverlight screens into PDF documents and displays them. Here’s an example of the content generated:   Silverlight 4’s WebBrowser Control Both techniques shown to this point work well when Silverlight is running in-browser but not so well when it’s running out-of-browser since there’s no host page that you can access using the HTML bridge. Fortunately, Silverlight 4 provides a WebBrowser control that can be used to perform the same functionality quite easily. We’re currently using it in client applications to display PDF documents, SSRS reports and standard HTML content. Using the WebBrowser control simplifies the application quite a bit since no JavaScript is required if the application only runs out-of-browser. Here’s a simple example of defining the WebBrowser control in XAML. I typically define it in MainPage.xaml when a Silverlight Navigation template is used to create the project so that I can re-use the functionality across multiple screens. <Grid x:Name="WebBrowserGrid" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" VerticalAlignment="Stretch" Visibility="Collapsed"> <StackPanel HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" VerticalAlignment="Stretch"> <Border Background="#484848" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" Height="40"> <Image x:Name="WebBrowserImage" Width="100" Height="33" Cursor="Hand" HorizontalAlignment="Right" Source="/HTMLAndSilverlight;component/Assets/Images/Close.png" MouseLeftButtonDown="WebBrowserImage_MouseLeftButtonDown" /> </Border> <WebBrowser x:Name="JobPlanReportWebBrowser" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" VerticalAlignment="Stretch" /> </StackPanel> </Grid> Looking through the XAML you can see that a close image is defined along with the WebBrowser control. Because the URL that the WebBrowser should navigate to isn’t known at design time no value is assigned to the control’s Source property. If the XAML shown above is left “as is” you’ll find that any HTML content assigned to the WebBrowser doesn’t display properly. This is due to no height or width being set on the control. To handle this issue the following code is added into the XAML’s code-behind file to dynamically determine the height and width of the page and assign it to the WebBrowser. This is done by handling the SizeChanged event. void MainPage_SizeChanged(object sender, SizeChangedEventArgs e) { WebBrowserGrid.Height = JobPlanReportWebBrowser.Height = ActualHeight; WebBrowserGrid.Width = JobPlanReportWebBrowser.Width = ActualWidth; } When the user wants to view HTML content they click a button which executes the code shown in next: public void ShowBrowser(string url) { if (Application.Current.IsRunningOutOfBrowser) { JobPlanReportWebBrowser.NavigateToString("<html><body><iframe src='" + url + "' style='width:100%;height:97%;' /></body></html>"); WebBrowserGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; } else { HtmlPage.Window.Invoke("ShowJobPlanIFrame", url); } } private void WebBrowserImage_MouseLeftButtonDown(object sender, MouseButtonEventArgs e) { WebBrowserGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; }   Looking through the code you’ll see that it checks to see if the Silverlight application is running out-of-browser and then either displays the WebBrowser control or runs the JavaScript function discussed earlier. Although the WebBrowser control’s Source property could be assigned the URI of the page to navigate to, by assigning HTML content using the NavigateToString() method and adding an iframe, content can be shown from any site including cross-domain sites. This is especially handy when you need to grab a page from a reporting site that’s in a different domain than the Silverlight application. Here’s an example of viewing  PDF file inside of an out-of-browser application. The first image shows the application running out-of-browser before the user clicks a PDF HyperlinkButton.  The second image shows the PDF being displayed.   While there are certainly other techniques that can be used, the ones shown here have worked well for us in different applications and provide the ability to display HTML content in-browser or out-of-browser. Feel free to add a comment if you have another tip or trick you like to use when working with HTML content in Silverlight applications.   Download Code Sample   For more information about onsite, online and video training, mentoring and consulting solutions for .NET, SharePoint or Silverlight please visit http://www.thewahlingroup.com.

    Read the article

  • Creating a dynamic, extensible C# Expando Object

    - by Rick Strahl
    I love dynamic functionality in a strongly typed language because it offers us the best of both worlds. In C# (or any of the main .NET languages) we now have the dynamic type that provides a host of dynamic features for the static C# language. One place where I've found dynamic to be incredibly useful is in building extensible types or types that expose traditionally non-object data (like dictionaries) in easier to use and more readable syntax. I wrote about a couple of these for accessing old school ADO.NET DataRows and DataReaders more easily for example. These classes are dynamic wrappers that provide easier syntax and auto-type conversions which greatly simplifies code clutter and increases clarity in existing code. ExpandoObject in .NET 4.0 Another great use case for dynamic objects is the ability to create extensible objects - objects that start out with a set of static members and then can add additional properties and even methods dynamically. The .NET 4.0 framework actually includes an ExpandoObject class which provides a very dynamic object that allows you to add properties and methods on the fly and then access them again. For example with ExpandoObject you can do stuff like this:dynamic expand = new ExpandoObject(); expand.Name = "Rick"; expand.HelloWorld = (Func<string, string>) ((string name) => { return "Hello " + name; }); Console.WriteLine(expand.Name); Console.WriteLine(expand.HelloWorld("Dufus")); Internally ExpandoObject uses a Dictionary like structure and interface to store properties and methods and then allows you to add and access properties and methods easily. As cool as ExpandoObject is it has a few shortcomings too: It's a sealed type so you can't use it as a base class It only works off 'properties' in the internal Dictionary - you can't expose existing type data It doesn't serialize to XML or with DataContractSerializer/DataContractJsonSerializer Expando - A truly extensible Object ExpandoObject is nice if you just need a dynamic container for a dictionary like structure. However, if you want to build an extensible object that starts out with a set of strongly typed properties and then allows you to extend it, ExpandoObject does not work because it's a sealed class that can't be inherited. I started thinking about this very scenario for one of my applications I'm building for a customer. In this system we are connecting to various different user stores. Each user store has the same basic requirements for username, password, name etc. But then each store also has a number of extended properties that is available to each application. In the real world scenario the data is loaded from the database in a data reader and the known properties are assigned from the known fields in the database. All unknown fields are then 'added' to the expando object dynamically. In the past I've done this very thing with a separate property - Properties - just like I do for this class. But the property and dictionary syntax is not ideal and tedious to work with. I started thinking about how to represent these extra property structures. One way certainly would be to add a Dictionary, or an ExpandoObject to hold all those extra properties. But wouldn't it be nice if the application could actually extend an existing object that looks something like this as you can with the Expando object:public class User : Westwind.Utilities.Dynamic.Expando { public string Email { get; set; } public string Password { get; set; } public string Name { get; set; } public bool Active { get; set; } public DateTime? ExpiresOn { get; set; } } and then simply start extending the properties of this object dynamically? Using the Expando object I describe later you can now do the following:[TestMethod] public void UserExampleTest() { var user = new User(); // Set strongly typed properties user.Email = "[email protected]"; user.Password = "nonya123"; user.Name = "Rickochet"; user.Active = true; // Now add dynamic properties dynamic duser = user; duser.Entered = DateTime.Now; duser.Accesses = 1; // you can also add dynamic props via indexer user["NickName"] = "AntiSocialX"; duser["WebSite"] = "http://www.west-wind.com/weblog"; // Access strong type through dynamic ref Assert.AreEqual(user.Name,duser.Name); // Access strong type through indexer Assert.AreEqual(user.Password,user["Password"]); // access dyanmically added value through indexer Assert.AreEqual(duser.Entered,user["Entered"]); // access index added value through dynamic Assert.AreEqual(user["NickName"],duser.NickName); // loop through all properties dynamic AND strong type properties (true) foreach (var prop in user.GetProperties(true)) { object val = prop.Value; if (val == null) val = "null"; Console.WriteLine(prop.Key + ": " + val.ToString()); } } As you can see this code somewhat blurs the line between a static and dynamic type. You start with a strongly typed object that has a fixed set of properties. You can then cast the object to dynamic (as I discussed in my last post) and add additional properties to the object. You can also use an indexer to add dynamic properties to the object. To access the strongly typed properties you can use either the strongly typed instance, the indexer or the dynamic cast of the object. Personally I think it's kinda cool to have an easy way to access strongly typed properties by string which can make some data scenarios much easier. To access the 'dynamically added' properties you can use either the indexer on the strongly typed object, or property syntax on the dynamic cast. Using the dynamic type allows all three modes to work on both strongly typed and dynamic properties. Finally you can iterate over all properties, both dynamic and strongly typed if you chose. Lots of flexibility. Note also that by default the Expando object works against the (this) instance meaning it extends the current object. You can also pass in a separate instance to the constructor in which case that object will be used to iterate over to find properties rather than this. Using this approach provides some really interesting functionality when use the dynamic type. To use this we have to add an explicit constructor to the Expando subclass:public class User : Westwind.Utilities.Dynamic.Expando { public string Email { get; set; } public string Password { get; set; } public string Name { get; set; } public bool Active { get; set; } public DateTime? ExpiresOn { get; set; } public User() : base() { } // only required if you want to mix in seperate instance public User(object instance) : base(instance) { } } to allow the instance to be passed. When you do you can now do:[TestMethod] public void ExpandoMixinTest() { // have Expando work on Addresses var user = new User( new Address() ); // cast to dynamicAccessToPropertyTest dynamic duser = user; // Set strongly typed properties duser.Email = "[email protected]"; user.Password = "nonya123"; // Set properties on address object duser.Address = "32 Kaiea"; //duser.Phone = "808-123-2131"; // set dynamic properties duser.NonExistantProperty = "This works too"; // shows default value Address.Phone value Console.WriteLine(duser.Phone); } Using the dynamic cast in this case allows you to access *three* different 'objects': The strong type properties, the dynamically added properties in the dictionary and the properties of the instance passed in! Effectively this gives you a way to simulate multiple inheritance (which is scary - so be very careful with this, but you can do it). How Expando works Behind the scenes Expando is a DynamicObject subclass as I discussed in my last post. By implementing a few of DynamicObject's methods you can basically create a type that can trap 'property missing' and 'method missing' operations. When you access a non-existant property a known method is fired that our code can intercept and provide a value for. Internally Expando uses a custom dictionary implementation to hold the dynamic properties you might add to your expandable object. Let's look at code first. The code for the Expando type is straight forward and given what it provides relatively short. Here it is.using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Dynamic; using System.Reflection; namespace Westwind.Utilities.Dynamic { /// <summary> /// Class that provides extensible properties and methods. This /// dynamic object stores 'extra' properties in a dictionary or /// checks the actual properties of the instance. /// /// This means you can subclass this expando and retrieve either /// native properties or properties from values in the dictionary. /// /// This type allows you three ways to access its properties: /// /// Directly: any explicitly declared properties are accessible /// Dynamic: dynamic cast allows access to dictionary and native properties/methods /// Dictionary: Any of the extended properties are accessible via IDictionary interface /// </summary> [Serializable] public class Expando : DynamicObject, IDynamicMetaObjectProvider { /// <summary> /// Instance of object passed in /// </summary> object Instance; /// <summary> /// Cached type of the instance /// </summary> Type InstanceType; PropertyInfo[] InstancePropertyInfo { get { if (_InstancePropertyInfo == null && Instance != null) _InstancePropertyInfo = Instance.GetType().GetProperties(BindingFlags.Instance | BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.DeclaredOnly); return _InstancePropertyInfo; } } PropertyInfo[] _InstancePropertyInfo; /// <summary> /// String Dictionary that contains the extra dynamic values /// stored on this object/instance /// </summary> /// <remarks>Using PropertyBag to support XML Serialization of the dictionary</remarks> public PropertyBag Properties = new PropertyBag(); //public Dictionary<string,object> Properties = new Dictionary<string, object>(); /// <summary> /// This constructor just works off the internal dictionary and any /// public properties of this object. /// /// Note you can subclass Expando. /// </summary> public Expando() { Initialize(this); } /// <summary> /// Allows passing in an existing instance variable to 'extend'. /// </summary> /// <remarks> /// You can pass in null here if you don't want to /// check native properties and only check the Dictionary! /// </remarks> /// <param name="instance"></param> public Expando(object instance) { Initialize(instance); } protected virtual void Initialize(object instance) { Instance = instance; if (instance != null) InstanceType = instance.GetType(); } /// <summary> /// Try to retrieve a member by name first from instance properties /// followed by the collection entries. /// </summary> /// <param name="binder"></param> /// <param name="result"></param> /// <returns></returns> public override bool TryGetMember(GetMemberBinder binder, out object result) { result = null; // first check the Properties collection for member if (Properties.Keys.Contains(binder.Name)) { result = Properties[binder.Name]; return true; } // Next check for Public properties via Reflection if (Instance != null) { try { return GetProperty(Instance, binder.Name, out result); } catch { } } // failed to retrieve a property result = null; return false; } /// <summary> /// Property setter implementation tries to retrieve value from instance /// first then into this object /// </summary> /// <param name="binder"></param> /// <param name="value"></param> /// <returns></returns> public override bool TrySetMember(SetMemberBinder binder, object value) { // first check to see if there's a native property to set if (Instance != null) { try { bool result = SetProperty(Instance, binder.Name, value); if (result) return true; } catch { } } // no match - set or add to dictionary Properties[binder.Name] = value; return true; } /// <summary> /// Dynamic invocation method. Currently allows only for Reflection based /// operation (no ability to add methods dynamically). /// </summary> /// <param name="binder"></param> /// <param name="args"></param> /// <param name="result"></param> /// <returns></returns> public override bool TryInvokeMember(InvokeMemberBinder binder, object[] args, out object result) { if (Instance != null) { try { // check instance passed in for methods to invoke if (InvokeMethod(Instance, binder.Name, args, out result)) return true; } catch { } } result = null; return false; } /// <summary> /// Reflection Helper method to retrieve a property /// </summary> /// <param name="instance"></param> /// <param name="name"></param> /// <param name="result"></param> /// <returns></returns> protected bool GetProperty(object instance, string name, out object result) { if (instance == null) instance = this; var miArray = InstanceType.GetMember(name, BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.GetProperty | BindingFlags.Instance); if (miArray != null && miArray.Length > 0) { var mi = miArray[0]; if (mi.MemberType == MemberTypes.Property) { result = ((PropertyInfo)mi).GetValue(instance,null); return true; } } result = null; return false; } /// <summary> /// Reflection helper method to set a property value /// </summary> /// <param name="instance"></param> /// <param name="name"></param> /// <param name="value"></param> /// <returns></returns> protected bool SetProperty(object instance, string name, object value) { if (instance == null) instance = this; var miArray = InstanceType.GetMember(name, BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.SetProperty | BindingFlags.Instance); if (miArray != null && miArray.Length > 0) { var mi = miArray[0]; if (mi.MemberType == MemberTypes.Property) { ((PropertyInfo)mi).SetValue(Instance, value, null); return true; } } return false; } /// <summary> /// Reflection helper method to invoke a method /// </summary> /// <param name="instance"></param> /// <param name="name"></param> /// <param name="args"></param> /// <param name="result"></param> /// <returns></returns> protected bool InvokeMethod(object instance, string name, object[] args, out object result) { if (instance == null) instance = this; // Look at the instanceType var miArray = InstanceType.GetMember(name, BindingFlags.InvokeMethod | BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.Instance); if (miArray != null && miArray.Length > 0) { var mi = miArray[0] as MethodInfo; result = mi.Invoke(Instance, args); return true; } result = null; return false; } /// <summary> /// Convenience method that provides a string Indexer /// to the Properties collection AND the strongly typed /// properties of the object by name. /// /// // dynamic /// exp["Address"] = "112 nowhere lane"; /// // strong /// var name = exp["StronglyTypedProperty"] as string; /// </summary> /// <remarks> /// The getter checks the Properties dictionary first /// then looks in PropertyInfo for properties. /// The setter checks the instance properties before /// checking the Properties dictionary. /// </remarks> /// <param name="key"></param> /// /// <returns></returns> public object this[string key] { get { try { // try to get from properties collection first return Properties[key]; } catch (KeyNotFoundException ex) { // try reflection on instanceType object result = null; if (GetProperty(Instance, key, out result)) return result; // nope doesn't exist throw; } } set { if (Properties.ContainsKey(key)) { Properties[key] = value; return; } // check instance for existance of type first var miArray = InstanceType.GetMember(key, BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.GetProperty); if (miArray != null && miArray.Length > 0) SetProperty(Instance, key, value); else Properties[key] = value; } } /// <summary> /// Returns and the properties of /// </summary> /// <param name="includeProperties"></param> /// <returns></returns> public IEnumerable<KeyValuePair<string,object>> GetProperties(bool includeInstanceProperties = false) { if (includeInstanceProperties && Instance != null) { foreach (var prop in this.InstancePropertyInfo) yield return new KeyValuePair<string, object>(prop.Name, prop.GetValue(Instance, null)); } foreach (var key in this.Properties.Keys) yield return new KeyValuePair<string, object>(key, this.Properties[key]); } /// <summary> /// Checks whether a property exists in the Property collection /// or as a property on the instance /// </summary> /// <param name="item"></param> /// <returns></returns> public bool Contains(KeyValuePair<string, object> item, bool includeInstanceProperties = false) { bool res = Properties.ContainsKey(item.Key); if (res) return true; if (includeInstanceProperties && Instance != null) { foreach (var prop in this.InstancePropertyInfo) { if (prop.Name == item.Key) return true; } } return false; } } } Although the Expando class supports an indexer, it doesn't actually implement IDictionary or even IEnumerable. It only provides the indexer and Contains() and GetProperties() methods, that work against the Properties dictionary AND the internal instance. The reason for not implementing IDictionary is that a) it doesn't add much value since you can access the Properties dictionary directly and that b) I wanted to keep the interface to class very lean so that it can serve as an entity type if desired. Implementing these IDictionary (or even IEnumerable) causes LINQ extension methods to pop up on the type which obscures the property interface and would only confuse the purpose of the type. IDictionary and IEnumerable are also problematic for XML and JSON Serialization - the XML Serializer doesn't serialize IDictionary<string,object>, nor does the DataContractSerializer. The JavaScriptSerializer does serialize, but it treats the entire object like a dictionary and doesn't serialize the strongly typed properties of the type, only the dictionary values which is also not desirable. Hence the decision to stick with only implementing the indexer to support the user["CustomProperty"] functionality and leaving iteration functions to the publicly exposed Properties dictionary. Note that the Dictionary used here is a custom PropertyBag class I created to allow for serialization to work. One important aspect for my apps is that whatever custom properties get added they have to be accessible to AJAX clients since the particular app I'm working on is a SIngle Page Web app where most of the Web access is through JSON AJAX calls. PropertyBag can serialize to XML and one way serialize to JSON using the JavaScript serializer (not the DCS serializers though). The key components that make Expando work in this code are the Properties Dictionary and the TryGetMember() and TrySetMember() methods. The Properties collection is public so if you choose you can explicitly access the collection to get better performance or to manipulate the members in internal code (like loading up dynamic values form a database). Notice that TryGetMember() and TrySetMember() both work against the dictionary AND the internal instance to retrieve and set properties. This means that user["Name"] works against native properties of the object as does user["Name"] = "RogaDugDog". What's your Use Case? This is still an early prototype but I've plugged it into one of my customer's applications and so far it's working very well. The key features for me were the ability to easily extend the type with values coming from a database and exposing those values in a nice and easy to use manner. I'm also finding that using this type of object for ViewModels works very well to add custom properties to view models. I suspect there will be lots of uses for this - I've been using the extra dictionary approach to extensibility for years - using a dynamic type to make the syntax cleaner is just a bonus here. What can you think of to use this for? Resources Source Code and Tests (GitHub) Also integrated in Westwind.Utilities of the West Wind Web Toolkit West Wind Utilities NuGet© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2012Posted in CSharp  .NET  Dynamic Types   Tweet !function(d,s,id){var js,fjs=d.getElementsByTagName(s)[0];if(!d.getElementById(id)){js=d.createElement(s);js.id=id;js.src="//platform.twitter.com/widgets.js";fjs.parentNode.insertBefore(js,fjs);}}(document,"script","twitter-wjs"); (function() { var po = document.createElement('script'); po.type = 'text/javascript'; po.async = true; po.src = 'https://apis.google.com/js/plusone.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(po, s); })();

    Read the article

  • Creating a dynamic proxy generator with c# – Part 3 – Creating the constructors

    - by SeanMcAlinden
    Creating a dynamic proxy generator with c# – Part 1 – Creating the Assembly builder, Module builder and caching mechanism Creating a dynamic proxy generator with c# – Part 2 – Interceptor Design For the latest code go to http://rapidioc.codeplex.com/ When building our proxy type, the first thing we need to do is build the constructors. There needs to be a corresponding constructor for each constructor on the passed in base type. We also want to create a field to store the interceptors and construct this list within each constructor. So assuming the passed in base type is a User<int, IRepository> class, were looking to generate constructor code like the following:   Default Constructor public User`2_RapidDynamicBaseProxy() {     this.interceptors = new List<IInterceptor<User<int, IRepository>>>();     DefaultInterceptor<User<int, IRepository>> item = new DefaultInterceptor<User<int, IRepository>>();     this.interceptors.Add(item); }     Parameterised Constructor public User`2_RapidDynamicBaseProxy(IRepository repository1) : base(repository1) {     this.interceptors = new List<IInterceptor<User<int, IRepository>>>();     DefaultInterceptor<User<int, IRepository>> item = new DefaultInterceptor<User<int, IRepository>>();     this.interceptors.Add(item); }   As you can see, we first populate a field on the class with a new list of the passed in base type. Construct our DefaultInterceptor class. Add the DefaultInterceptor instance to our interceptor collection. Although this seems like a relatively small task, there is a fair amount of work require to get this going. Instead of going through every line of code – please download the latest from http://rapidioc.codeplex.com/ and debug through. In this post I’m going to concentrate on explaining how it works. TypeBuilder The TypeBuilder class is the main class used to create the type. You instantiate a new TypeBuilder using the assembly module we created in part 1. /// <summary> /// Creates a type builder. /// </summary> /// <typeparam name="TBase">The type of the base class to be proxied.</typeparam> public static TypeBuilder CreateTypeBuilder<TBase>() where TBase : class {     TypeBuilder typeBuilder = DynamicModuleCache.Get.DefineType         (             CreateTypeName<TBase>(),             TypeAttributes.Class | TypeAttributes.Public,             typeof(TBase),             new Type[] { typeof(IProxy) }         );       if (typeof(TBase).IsGenericType)     {         GenericsHelper.MakeGenericType(typeof(TBase), typeBuilder);     }       return typeBuilder; }   private static string CreateTypeName<TBase>() where TBase : class {     return string.Format("{0}_RapidDynamicBaseProxy", typeof(TBase).Name); } As you can see, I’ve create a new public class derived from TBase which also implements my IProxy interface, this is used later for adding interceptors. If the base type is generic, the following GenericsHelper.MakeGenericType method is called. GenericsHelper using System; using System.Reflection.Emit; namespace Rapid.DynamicProxy.Types.Helpers {     /// <summary>     /// Helper class for generic types and methods.     /// </summary>     internal static class GenericsHelper     {         /// <summary>         /// Makes the typeBuilder a generic.         /// </summary>         /// <param name="concrete">The concrete.</param>         /// <param name="typeBuilder">The type builder.</param>         public static void MakeGenericType(Type baseType, TypeBuilder typeBuilder)         {             Type[] genericArguments = baseType.GetGenericArguments();               string[] genericArgumentNames = GetArgumentNames(genericArguments);               GenericTypeParameterBuilder[] genericTypeParameterBuilder                 = typeBuilder.DefineGenericParameters(genericArgumentNames);               typeBuilder.MakeGenericType(genericTypeParameterBuilder);         }           /// <summary>         /// Gets the argument names from an array of generic argument types.         /// </summary>         /// <param name="genericArguments">The generic arguments.</param>         public static string[] GetArgumentNames(Type[] genericArguments)         {             string[] genericArgumentNames = new string[genericArguments.Length];               for (int i = 0; i < genericArguments.Length; i++)             {                 genericArgumentNames[i] = genericArguments[i].Name;             }               return genericArgumentNames;         }     } }       As you can see, I’m getting all of the generic argument types and names, creating a GenericTypeParameterBuilder and then using the typeBuilder to make the new type generic. InterceptorsField The interceptors field will store a List<IInterceptor<TBase>>. Fields are simple made using the FieldBuilder class. The following code demonstrates how to create the interceptor field. FieldBuilder interceptorsField = typeBuilder.DefineField(     "interceptors",     typeof(System.Collections.Generic.List<>).MakeGenericType(typeof(IInterceptor<TBase>)),       FieldAttributes.Private     ); The field will now exist with the new Type although it currently has no data – we’ll deal with this in the constructor. Add method for interceptorsField To enable us to add to the interceptorsField list, we are going to utilise the Add method that already exists within the System.Collections.Generic.List class. We still however have to create the methodInfo necessary to call the add method. This can be done similar to the following: Add Interceptor Field MethodInfo addInterceptor = typeof(List<>)     .MakeGenericType(new Type[] { typeof(IInterceptor<>).MakeGenericType(typeof(TBase)) })     .GetMethod     (        "Add",        BindingFlags.Instance | BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.NonPublic,        null,        new Type[] { typeof(IInterceptor<>).MakeGenericType(typeof(TBase)) },        null     ); So we’ve create a List<IInterceptor<TBase>> type, then using the type created a method info called Add which accepts an IInterceptor<TBase>. Now in our constructor we can use this to call this.interceptors.Add(// interceptor); Building the Constructors This will be the first hard-core part of the proxy building process so I’m going to show the class and then try to explain what everything is doing. For a clear view, download the source from http://rapidioc.codeplex.com/, go to the test project and debug through the constructor building section. Anyway, here it is: DynamicConstructorBuilder using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Reflection; using System.Reflection.Emit; using Rapid.DynamicProxy.Interception; using Rapid.DynamicProxy.Types.Helpers; namespace Rapid.DynamicProxy.Types.Constructors {     /// <summary>     /// Class for creating the proxy constructors.     /// </summary>     internal static class DynamicConstructorBuilder     {         /// <summary>         /// Builds the constructors.         /// </summary>         /// <typeparam name="TBase">The base type.</typeparam>         /// <param name="typeBuilder">The type builder.</param>         /// <param name="interceptorsField">The interceptors field.</param>         public static void BuildConstructors<TBase>             (                 TypeBuilder typeBuilder,                 FieldBuilder interceptorsField,                 MethodInfo addInterceptor             )             where TBase : class         {             ConstructorInfo interceptorsFieldConstructor = CreateInterceptorsFieldConstructor<TBase>();               ConstructorInfo defaultInterceptorConstructor = CreateDefaultInterceptorConstructor<TBase>();               ConstructorInfo[] constructors = typeof(TBase).GetConstructors();               foreach (ConstructorInfo constructorInfo in constructors)             {                 CreateConstructor<TBase>                     (                         typeBuilder,                         interceptorsField,                         interceptorsFieldConstructor,                         defaultInterceptorConstructor,                         addInterceptor,                         constructorInfo                     );             }         }           #region Private Methods           private static void CreateConstructor<TBase>             (                 TypeBuilder typeBuilder,                 FieldBuilder interceptorsField,                 ConstructorInfo interceptorsFieldConstructor,                 ConstructorInfo defaultInterceptorConstructor,                 MethodInfo AddDefaultInterceptor,                 ConstructorInfo constructorInfo             ) where TBase : class         {             Type[] parameterTypes = GetParameterTypes(constructorInfo);               ConstructorBuilder constructorBuilder = CreateConstructorBuilder(typeBuilder, parameterTypes);               ILGenerator cIL = constructorBuilder.GetILGenerator();               LocalBuilder defaultInterceptorMethodVariable =                 cIL.DeclareLocal(typeof(DefaultInterceptor<>).MakeGenericType(typeof(TBase)));               ConstructInterceptorsField(interceptorsField, interceptorsFieldConstructor, cIL);               ConstructDefaultInterceptor(defaultInterceptorConstructor, cIL, defaultInterceptorMethodVariable);               AddDefaultInterceptorToInterceptorsList                 (                     interceptorsField,                     AddDefaultInterceptor,                     cIL,                     defaultInterceptorMethodVariable                 );               CreateConstructor(constructorInfo, parameterTypes, cIL);         }           private static void CreateConstructor(ConstructorInfo constructorInfo, Type[] parameterTypes, ILGenerator cIL)         {             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldarg_0);               if (parameterTypes.Length > 0)             {                 LoadParameterTypes(parameterTypes, cIL);             }               cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Call, constructorInfo);             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ret);         }           private static void LoadParameterTypes(Type[] parameterTypes, ILGenerator cIL)         {             for (int i = 1; i <= parameterTypes.Length; i++)             {                 cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldarg_S, i);             }         }           private static void AddDefaultInterceptorToInterceptorsList             (                 FieldBuilder interceptorsField,                 MethodInfo AddDefaultInterceptor,                 ILGenerator cIL,                 LocalBuilder defaultInterceptorMethodVariable             )         {             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldarg_0);             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldfld, interceptorsField);             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldloc, defaultInterceptorMethodVariable);             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Callvirt, AddDefaultInterceptor);         }           private static void ConstructDefaultInterceptor             (                 ConstructorInfo defaultInterceptorConstructor,                 ILGenerator cIL,                 LocalBuilder defaultInterceptorMethodVariable             )         {             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Newobj, defaultInterceptorConstructor);             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Stloc, defaultInterceptorMethodVariable);         }           private static void ConstructInterceptorsField             (                 FieldBuilder interceptorsField,                 ConstructorInfo interceptorsFieldConstructor,                 ILGenerator cIL             )         {             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldarg_0);             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Newobj, interceptorsFieldConstructor);             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Stfld, interceptorsField);         }           private static ConstructorBuilder CreateConstructorBuilder(TypeBuilder typeBuilder, Type[] parameterTypes)         {             return typeBuilder.DefineConstructor                 (                     MethodAttributes.Public | MethodAttributes.SpecialName | MethodAttributes.RTSpecialName                     | MethodAttributes.HideBySig, CallingConventions.Standard, parameterTypes                 );         }           private static Type[] GetParameterTypes(ConstructorInfo constructorInfo)         {             ParameterInfo[] parameterInfoArray = constructorInfo.GetParameters();               Type[] parameterTypes = new Type[parameterInfoArray.Length];               for (int p = 0; p < parameterInfoArray.Length; p++)             {                 parameterTypes[p] = parameterInfoArray[p].ParameterType;             }               return parameterTypes;         }           private static ConstructorInfo CreateInterceptorsFieldConstructor<TBase>() where TBase : class         {             return ConstructorHelper.CreateGenericConstructorInfo                 (                     typeof(List<>),                     new Type[] { typeof(IInterceptor<TBase>) },                     BindingFlags.Instance | BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.NonPublic                 );         }           private static ConstructorInfo CreateDefaultInterceptorConstructor<TBase>() where TBase : class         {             return ConstructorHelper.CreateGenericConstructorInfo                 (                     typeof(DefaultInterceptor<>),                     new Type[] { typeof(TBase) },                     BindingFlags.Instance | BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.NonPublic                 );         }           #endregion     } } So, the first two tasks within the class should be fairly clear, we are creating a ConstructorInfo for the interceptorField list and a ConstructorInfo for the DefaultConstructor, this is for instantiating them in each contructor. We then using Reflection get an array of all of the constructors in the base class, we then loop through the array and create a corresponding proxy contructor. Hopefully, the code is fairly easy to follow other than some new types and the dreaded Opcodes. ConstructorBuilder This class defines a new constructor on the type. ILGenerator The ILGenerator allows the use of Reflection.Emit to create the method body. LocalBuilder The local builder allows the storage of data in local variables within a method, in this case it’s the constructed DefaultInterceptor. Constructing the interceptors field The first bit of IL you’ll come across as you follow through the code is the following private method used for constructing the field list of interceptors. private static void ConstructInterceptorsField             (                 FieldBuilder interceptorsField,                 ConstructorInfo interceptorsFieldConstructor,                 ILGenerator cIL             )         {             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldarg_0);             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Newobj, interceptorsFieldConstructor);             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Stfld, interceptorsField);         } The first thing to know about generating code using IL is that you are using a stack, if you want to use something, you need to push it up the stack etc. etc. OpCodes.ldArg_0 This opcode is a really interesting one, basically each method has a hidden first argument of the containing class instance (apart from static classes), constructors are no different. This is the reason you can use syntax like this.myField. So back to the method, as we want to instantiate the List in the interceptorsField, first we need to load the class instance onto the stack, we then load the new object (new List<TBase>) and finally we store it in the interceptorsField. Hopefully, that should follow easily enough in the method. In each constructor you would now have this.interceptors = new List<User<int, IRepository>>(); Constructing and storing the DefaultInterceptor The next bit of code we need to create is the constructed DefaultInterceptor. Firstly, we create a local builder to store the constructed type. Create a local builder LocalBuilder defaultInterceptorMethodVariable =     cIL.DeclareLocal(typeof(DefaultInterceptor<>).MakeGenericType(typeof(TBase))); Once our local builder is ready, we then need to construct the DefaultInterceptor<TBase> and store it in the variable. Connstruct DefaultInterceptor private static void ConstructDefaultInterceptor     (         ConstructorInfo defaultInterceptorConstructor,         ILGenerator cIL,         LocalBuilder defaultInterceptorMethodVariable     ) {     cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Newobj, defaultInterceptorConstructor);     cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Stloc, defaultInterceptorMethodVariable); } As you can see, using the ConstructorInfo named defaultInterceptorConstructor, we load the new object onto the stack. Then using the store local opcode (OpCodes.Stloc), we store the new object in the local builder named defaultInterceptorMethodVariable. Add the constructed DefaultInterceptor to the interceptors field collection Using the add method created earlier in this post, we are going to add the new DefaultInterceptor object to the interceptors field collection. Add Default Interceptor private static void AddDefaultInterceptorToInterceptorsList     (         FieldBuilder interceptorsField,         MethodInfo AddDefaultInterceptor,         ILGenerator cIL,         LocalBuilder defaultInterceptorMethodVariable     ) {     cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldarg_0);     cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldfld, interceptorsField);     cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldloc, defaultInterceptorMethodVariable);     cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Callvirt, AddDefaultInterceptor); } So, here’s whats going on. The class instance is first loaded onto the stack using the load argument at index 0 opcode (OpCodes.Ldarg_0) (remember the first arg is the hidden class instance). The interceptorsField is then loaded onto the stack using the load field opcode (OpCodes.Ldfld). We then load the DefaultInterceptor object we stored locally using the load local opcode (OpCodes.Ldloc). Then finally we call the AddDefaultInterceptor method using the call virtual opcode (Opcodes.Callvirt). Completing the constructor The last thing we need to do is complete the constructor. Complete the constructor private static void CreateConstructor(ConstructorInfo constructorInfo, Type[] parameterTypes, ILGenerator cIL)         {             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldarg_0);               if (parameterTypes.Length > 0)             {                 LoadParameterTypes(parameterTypes, cIL);             }               cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Call, constructorInfo);             cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ret);         }           private static void LoadParameterTypes(Type[] parameterTypes, ILGenerator cIL)         {             for (int i = 1; i <= parameterTypes.Length; i++)             {                 cIL.Emit(OpCodes.Ldarg_S, i);             }         } So, the first thing we do again is load the class instance using the load argument at index 0 opcode (OpCodes.Ldarg_0). We then load each parameter using OpCode.Ldarg_S, this opcode allows us to specify an index position for each argument. We then setup calling the base constructor using OpCodes.Call and the base constructors ConstructorInfo. Finally, all methods are required to return, even when they have a void return. As there are no values on the stack after the OpCodes.Call line, we can safely call the OpCode.Ret to give the constructor a void return. If there was a value, we would have to pop the value of the stack before calling return otherwise, the method would try and return a value. Conclusion This was a slightly hardcore post but hopefully it hasn’t been too hard to follow. The main thing is that a number of the really useful opcodes have been used and now the dynamic proxy is capable of being constructed. If you download the code and debug through the tests at http://rapidioc.codeplex.com/, you’ll be able to create proxies at this point, they cannon do anything in terms of interception but you can happily run the tests, call base methods and properties and also take a look at the created assembly in Reflector. Hope this is useful. The next post should be up soon, it will be covering creating the private methods for calling the base class methods and properties. Kind Regards, Sean.

    Read the article

  • Rounded Corners and Shadows &ndash; Dialogs with CSS

    - by Rick Strahl
    Well, it looks like we’ve finally arrived at a place where at least all of the latest versions of main stream browsers support rounded corners and box shadows. The two CSS properties that make this possible are box-shadow and box-radius. Both of these CSS Properties now supported in all the major browsers as shown in this chart from QuirksMode: In it’s simplest form you can use box-shadow and border radius like this: .boxshadow { -moz-box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px #535353; -webkit-box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px #535353; box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px #535353; } .roundbox { -moz-border-radius: 6px 6px 6px 6px; -webkit-border-radius: 6px; border-radius: 6px 6px 6px 6px; } box-shadow: horizontal-shadow-pixels vertical-shadow-pixels blur-distance shadow-color box-shadow attributes specify the the horizontal and vertical offset of the shadow, the blur distance (to give the shadow a smooth soft look) and a shadow color. The spec also supports multiple shadows separated by commas using the attributes above but we’re not using that functionality here. box-radius: top-left-radius top-right-radius bottom-right-radius bottom-left-radius border-radius takes a pixel size for the radius for each corner going clockwise. CSS 3 also specifies each of the individual corner elements such as border-top-left-radius, but support for these is much less prevalent so I would recommend not using them for now until support improves. Instead use the single box-radius to specify all corners. Browser specific Support in older Browsers Notice that there are two variations: The actual CSS 3 properties (box-shadow and box-radius) and the browser specific ones (-moz, –webkit prefixes for FireFox and Chrome/Safari respectively) which work in slightly older versions of modern browsers before official CSS 3 support was added. The goal is to spread support as widely as possible and the prefix versions extend the range slightly more to those browsers that provided early support for these features. Notice that box-shadow and border-radius are used after the browser specific versions to ensure that the latter versions get precedence if the browser supports both (last assignment wins). Use the .boxshadow and .roundbox Styles in HTML To use these two styles create a simple rounded box with a shadow you can use HTML like this: <!-- Simple Box with rounded corners and shadow --> <div class="roundbox boxshadow" style="width: 550px; border: solid 2px steelblue"> <div class="boxcontenttext"> Simple Rounded Corner Box. </div> </div> which looks like this in the browser: This works across browsers and it’s pretty sweet and simple. Watch out for nested Elements! There are a couple of things to be aware of however when using rounded corners. Specifically, you need to be careful when you nest other non-transparent content into the rounded box. For example check out what happens when I change the inside <div> to have a colored background: <!-- Simple Box with rounded corners and shadow --> <div class="roundbox boxshadow" style="width: 550px; border: solid 2px steelblue"> <div class="boxcontenttext" style="background: khaki;"> Simple Rounded Corner Box. </div> </div> which renders like this:   If you look closely you’ll find that the inside <div>’s corners are not rounded and so ‘poke out’ slightly over the rounded corners. It looks like the rounded corners are ‘broken’ up instead of a solid rounded line around the corner, which his pretty ugly. The bigger the radius the more drastic this effect becomes . To fix this issue the inner <div> also has have rounded corners at the same or slightly smaller radius than the outer <div>. The simple fix for this is to simply also apply the roundbox style to the inner <div> in addition to the boxcontenttext style already applied: <div class="boxcontenttext roundbox" style="background: khaki;"> The fixed display now looks proper: Separate Top and Bottom Elements This gets even a little more tricky if you have an element at the top or bottom only of the rounded box. What if you need to add something like a header or footer <div> that have non-transparent backgrounds which is a pretty common scenario? In those cases you want only the top or bottom corners rounded and not both. To make this work a couple of additional styles to round only the top and bottom corners can be created: .roundbox-top { -moz-border-radius: 4px 4px 0 0; -webkit-border-radius: 4px 4px 0 0; border-radius: 4px 4px 0 0; } .roundbox-bottom { -moz-border-radius: 0 0 4px 4px; -webkit-border-radius: 0 0 4px 4px; border-radius: 0 0 4px 4px; } Notice that radius used for the ‘inside’ rounding is smaller (4px) than the outside radius (6px). This is so the inner radius fills into the outer border – if you use the same size you may have some white space showing between inner and out rounded corners. Experiment with values to see what works – in my experimenting the behavior across browsers here is consistent (thankfully). These styles can be applied in addition to other styles to make only the top or bottom portions of an element rounded. For example imagine I have styles like this: .gridheader, .gridheaderbig, .gridheaderleft, .gridheaderright { padding: 4px 4px 4px 4px; background: #003399 url(images/vertgradient.png) repeat-x; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; text-decoration: none; color: khaki; } .gridheaderleft { text-align: left; } .gridheaderright { text-align: right; } .gridheaderbig { font-size: 135%; } If I just apply say gridheader by itself in HTML like this: <div class="roundbox boxshadow" style="width: 550px; border: solid 2px steelblue"> <div class="gridheaderleft">Box with a Header</div> <div class="boxcontenttext" style="background: khaki;"> Simple Rounded Corner Box. </div> </div> This results in a pretty funky display – again due to the fact that the inner elements render square rather than rounded corners: If you look close again you can see that both the header and the main content have square edges which jumps out at the eye. To fix this you can now apply the roundbox-top and roundbox-bottom to the header and content respectively: <div class="roundbox boxshadow" style="width: 550px; border: solid 2px steelblue"> <div class="gridheaderleft roundbox-top">Box with a Header</div> <div class="boxcontenttext roundbox-bottom" style="background: khaki;"> Simple Rounded Corner Box. </div> </div> Which now gives the proper display with rounded corners both on the top and bottom: All of this is sweet to be supported – at least by the newest browser – without having to resort to images and nasty JavaScripts solutions. While this is still not a mainstream feature yet for the majority of actually installed browsers, the majority of browser users are very likely to have this support as most browsers other than IE are actively pushing users to upgrade to newer versions. Since this is a ‘visual display only feature it degrades reasonably well in non-supporting browsers: You get an uninteresting square and non-shadowed browser box, but the display is still overall functional. The main sticking point – as always is Internet Explorer versions 8.0 and down as well as older versions of other browsers. With those browsers you get a functional view that is a little less interesting to look at obviously: but at least it’s still functional. Maybe that’s just one more incentive for people using older browsers to upgrade to a  more modern browser :-) Creating Dialog Related Styles In a lot of my AJAX based applications I use pop up windows which effectively work like dialogs. Using the simple CSS behaviors above, it’s really easy to create some fairly nice looking overlaid windows with nothing but CSS. Here’s what a typical ‘dialog’ I use looks like: The beauty of this is that it’s plain CSS – no plug-ins or images (other than the gradients which are optional) required. Add jQuery-ui draggable (or ww.jquery.js as shown below) and you have a nice simple inline implementation of a dialog represented by a simple <div> tag. Here’s the HTML for this dialog: <div id="divDialog" class="dialog boxshadow" style="width: 450px;"> <div class="dialog-header"> <div class="closebox"></div> User Sign-in </div> <div class="dialog-content"> <label>Username:</label> <input type="text" name="txtUsername" value=" " /> <label>Password</label> <input type="text" name="txtPassword" value=" " /> <hr /> <input type="button" id="btnLogin" value="Login" /> </div> <div class="dialog-statusbar">Ready</div> </div> Most of this behavior is driven by the ‘dialog’ styles which are fairly basic and easy to understand. They do use a few support images for the gradients which are provided in the sample I’ve provided. Here’s what the CSS looks like: .dialog { background: White; overflow: hidden; border: solid 1px steelblue; -moz-border-radius: 6px 6px 4px 4px; -webkit-border-radius: 6px 6px 4px 4px; border-radius: 6px 6px 3px 3px; } .dialog-header { background-image: url(images/dialogheader.png); background-repeat: repeat-x; text-align: left; color: cornsilk; padding: 5px; padding-left: 10px; font-size: 1.02em; font-weight: bold; position: relative; -moz-border-radius: 4px 4px 0px 0px; -webkit-border-radius: 4px 4px 0px 0px; border-radius: 4px 4px 0px 0px; } .dialog-top { -moz-border-radius: 4px 4px 0px 0px; -webkit-border-radius: 4px 4px 0px 0px; border-radius: 4px 4px 0px 0px; } .dialog-bottom { -moz-border-radius: 0 0 3px 3px; -webkit-border-radius: 0 0 3px 3px; border-radius: 0 0 3px 3px; } .dialog-content { padding: 15px; } .dialog-statusbar, .dialog-toolbar { background: #eeeeee; background-image: url(images/dialogstrip.png); background-repeat: repeat-x; padding: 5px; padding-left: 10px; border-top: solid 1px silver; border-bottom: solid 1px silver; font-size: 0.8em; } .dialog-statusbar { -moz-border-radius: 0 0 3px 3px; -webkit-border-radius: 0 0 3px 3px; border-radius: 0 0 3px 3px; padding-right: 10px; } .closebox { position: absolute; right: 2px; top: 2px; background-image: url(images/close.gif); background-repeat: no-repeat; width: 14px; height: 14px; cursor: pointer; opacity: 0.60; filter: alpha(opacity="80"); } .closebox:hover { opacity: 1; filter: alpha(opacity="100"); } The main style is the dialog class which is the outer box. It has the rounded border that serves as the outline. Note that I didn’t add the box-shadow to this style because in some situations I just want the rounded box in an inline display that doesn’t have a shadow so it’s still applied separately. dialog-header, then has the rounded top corners and displays a typical dialog heading format. dialog-bottom and dialog-top then provide the same functionality as roundbox-top and roundbox-bottom described earlier but are provided mainly in the stylesheet for consistency to match the dialog’s round edges and making it easier to  remember and find in Intellisense as it shows up in the same dialog- group. dialog-statusbar and dialog-toolbar are two elements I use a lot for floating windows – the toolbar serves for buttons and options and filters typically, while the status bar provides information specific to the floating window. Since the the status bar is always on the bottom of the dialog it automatically handles the rounding of the bottom corners. Finally there’s  closebox style which is to be applied to an empty <div> tag in the header typically. What this does is render a close image that is by default low-lighted with a low opacity value, and then highlights when hovered over. All you’d have to do handle the close operation is handle the onclick of the <div>. Note that the <div> right aligns so typically you should specify it before any other content in the header. Speaking of closable – some time ago I created a closable jQuery plug-in that basically automates this process and can be applied against ANY element in a page, automatically removing or closing the element with some simple script code. Using this you can leave out the <div> tag for closable and just do the following: To make the above dialog closable (and draggable) which makes it effectively and overlay window, you’d add jQuery.js and ww.jquery.js to the page: <script type="text/javascript" src="../../scripts/jquery.min.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="../../scripts/ww.jquery.min.js"></script> and then simply call: <script type="text/javascript"> $(document).ready(function () { $("#divDialog") .draggable({ handle: ".dialog-header" }) .closable({ handle: ".dialog-header", closeHandler: function () { alert("Window about to be closed."); return true; // true closes - false leaves open } }); }); </script> * ww.jquery.js emulates base features in jQuery-ui’s draggable. If jQuery-ui is loaded its draggable version will be used instead and voila you have now have a draggable and closable window – here in mid-drag:   The dragging and closable behaviors are of course optional, but it’s the final touch that provides dialog like window behavior. Relief for older Internet Explorer Versions with CSS Pie If you want to get these features to work with older versions of Internet Explorer all the way back to version 6 you can check out CSS Pie. CSS Pie provides an Internet Explorer behavior file that attaches to specific CSS rules and simulates these behavior using script code in IE (mostly by implementing filters). You can simply add the behavior to each CSS style that uses box-shadow and border-radius like this: .boxshadow {     -moz-box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px #535353;     -webkit-box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px #535353;           box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px #535353;     behavior: url(scripts/PIE.htc);           } .roundbox {      -moz-border-radius: 6px 6px 6px 6px;     -webkit-border-radius: 6px;      border-radius: 6px 6px 6px 6px;     behavior: url(scripts/PIE.htc); } CSS Pie requires the PIE.htc on your server and referenced from each CSS style that needs it. Note that the url() for IE behaviors is NOT CSS file relative as other CSS resources, but rather PAGE relative , so if you have more than one folder you probably need to reference the HTC file with a fixed path like this: behavior: url(/MyApp/scripts/PIE.htc); in the style. Small price to pay, but a royal pain if you have a common CSS file you use in many applications. Once the PIE.htc file has been copied and you have applied the behavior to each style that uses these new features Internet Explorer will render rounded corners and box shadows! Yay! Hurray for box-shadow and border-radius All of this functionality is very welcome natively in the browser. If you think this is all frivolous visual candy, you might be right :-), but if you take a look on the Web and search for rounded corner solutions that predate these CSS attributes you’ll find a boatload of stuff from image files, to custom drawn content to Javascript solutions that play tricks with a few images. It’s sooooo much easier to have this functionality built in and I for one am glad to see that’s it’s finally becoming standard in the box. Still remember that when you use these new CSS features, they are not universal, and are not going to be really soon. Legacy browsers, especially old versions of Internet Explorer that can’t be updated will continue to be around and won’t work with this shiny new stuff. I say screw ‘em: Let them get a decent recent browser or see a degraded and ugly UI. We have the luxury with this functionality in that it doesn’t typically affect usability – it just doesn’t look as nice. Resources Download the Sample The sample includes the styles and images and sample page as well as ww.jquery.js for the draggable/closable example. Online Sample Check out the sample described in this post online. Closable and Draggable Documentation Documentation for the closeable and draggable plug-ins in ww.jquery.js. You can also check out the full documentation for all the plug-ins contained in ww.jquery.js here. © Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2011Posted in HTML  CSS  

    Read the article

  • XNA Screen Manager problem with transitions

    - by NexAddo
    I'm having issues using the game statemanagement example in the game I am developing. I have no issues with my first three screens transitioning between one another. I have a main menu screen, a splash screen and a high score screen that cycle: mainMenuScreen->splashScreen->highScoreScreen->mainMenuScreen The screens change every 15 seconds. Transition times public MainMenuScreen() { TransitionOnTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); TransitionOffTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.0); currentCreditAmount = Global.CurrentCredits; } public SplashScreen() { TransitionOnTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); TransitionOffTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); } public HighScoreScreen() { TransitionOnTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); TransitionOffTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); } public GamePlayScreen() { TransitionOnTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); TransitionOffTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); } When a user inserts credits they can play the game after pressing start mainMenuScreen->splashScreen->highScoreScreen->(loops forever) || || || ===========Credits In============= || Start || \/ LoadingScreen || Start || \/ GamePlayScreen During each of these transitions, between screens, the same code is used, which exits(removes) all current active screens and respects transitions, then adds the new screen to the screen manager: foreach (GameScreen screen in ScreenManager.GetScreens()) screen.ExitScreen(); //AddScreen takes a new screen to manage and the controlling player ScreenManager.AddScreen(new NameOfScreenHere(), null); Each screen is removed from the ScreenManager with ExitScreen() and using this function, each screen transition is respected. The problem I am having is with my gamePlayScreen. When the current game is finished and the transition is complete for the gamePlayScreen, it should be removed and the next screens should be added to the ScreenManager. GamePlayScreen Code Snippet private void FinishCurrentGame() { AudioManager.StopSounds(); this.UnloadContent(); if (Global.SaveDevice.IsReady) Stats.Save(); if (HighScoreScreen.IsInHighscores(timeLimit)) { foreach (GameScreen screen in ScreenManager.GetScreens()) screen.ExitScreen(); Global.TimeRemaining = timeLimit; ScreenManager.AddScreen(new BackgroundScreen(), null); ScreenManager.AddScreen(new MessageBoxScreen("Enter your Initials", true), null); } else { foreach (GameScreen screen in ScreenManager.GetScreens()) screen.ExitScreen(); ScreenManager.AddScreen(new BackgroundScreen(), null); ScreenManager.AddScreen(new MainMenuScreen(), null); } } The problem is that when isExiting is set to true by screen.ExitScreen() for the gamePlayScreen, the transition never completes the transition and removes the screen from the ScreenManager. Every other screen that I use the same technique to add and remove each screen fully transitions On/Off and is removed at the appropriate time from the ScreenManager, but noy my GamePlayScreen. Has anyone that has used the GameStateManagement example experienced this issue or can someone see the mistake I am making? EDIT This is what I tracked down. When the game is done, I call foreach (GameScreen screen in ScreenManager.GetScreens()) screen.ExitScreen(); to start the transition off process for the gameplay screen. At this point there is only 1 screen on the ScreenManager stack. The gamePlay screen gets isExiting set to true and starts to transition off. Right after the above call to ExitScreen() I add a background screen and menu screen to the screenManager: ScreenManager.AddScreen(new background(), null); ScreenManager.AddScreen(new Menu(), null); The count of the ScreenManager is now 3. What I noticed while stepping through the updates for GameScreen and ScreenManager, the gameplay screen never gets to the point where the transistion process finishes so the ScreenManager can remove it from the stack. This anomaly does not happen to any of my other screens when I switch between them. Screen Manager Code #region File Description //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ScreenManager.cs // // Microsoft XNA Community Game Platform // Copyright (C) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #endregion #define DEMO #region Using Statements using System; using System.Diagnostics; using System.Collections.Generic; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework.Content; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework.Graphics; using PerformanceUtility.GameDebugTools; #endregion namespace GameStateManagement { /// <summary> /// The screen manager is a component which manages one or more GameScreen /// instances. It maintains a stack of screens, calls their Update and Draw /// methods at the appropriate times, and automatically routes input to the /// topmost active screen. /// </summary> public class ScreenManager : DrawableGameComponent { #region Fields List<GameScreen> screens = new List<GameScreen>(); List<GameScreen> screensToUpdate = new List<GameScreen>(); InputState input = new InputState(); SpriteBatch spriteBatch; SpriteFont font; Texture2D blankTexture; bool isInitialized; bool getOut; bool traceEnabled; #if DEBUG DebugSystem debugSystem; Stopwatch stopwatch = new Stopwatch(); bool debugTextEnabled; #endif #endregion #region Properties /// <summary> /// A default SpriteBatch shared by all the screens. This saves /// each screen having to bother creating their own local instance. /// </summary> public SpriteBatch SpriteBatch { get { return spriteBatch; } } /// <summary> /// A default font shared by all the screens. This saves /// each screen having to bother loading their own local copy. /// </summary> public SpriteFont Font { get { return font; } } public Rectangle ScreenRectangle { get { return new Rectangle(0, 0, GraphicsDevice.Viewport.Width, GraphicsDevice.Viewport.Height); } } /// <summary> /// If true, the manager prints out a list of all the screens /// each time it is updated. This can be useful for making sure /// everything is being added and removed at the right times. /// </summary> public bool TraceEnabled { get { return traceEnabled; } set { traceEnabled = value; } } #if DEBUG public bool DebugTextEnabled { get { return debugTextEnabled; } set { debugTextEnabled = value; } } public DebugSystem DebugSystem { get { return debugSystem; } } #endif #endregion #region Initialization /// <summary> /// Constructs a new screen manager component. /// </summary> public ScreenManager(Game game) : base(game) { // we must set EnabledGestures before we can query for them, but // we don't assume the game wants to read them. //TouchPanel.EnabledGestures = GestureType.None; } /// <summary> /// Initializes the screen manager component. /// </summary> public override void Initialize() { base.Initialize(); #if DEBUG debugSystem = DebugSystem.Initialize(Game, "Fonts/MenuFont"); #endif isInitialized = true; } /// <summary> /// Load your graphics content. /// </summary> protected override void LoadContent() { // Load content belonging to the screen manager. ContentManager content = Game.Content; spriteBatch = new SpriteBatch(GraphicsDevice); font = content.Load<SpriteFont>(@"Fonts\menufont"); blankTexture = content.Load<Texture2D>(@"Textures\Backgrounds\blank"); // Tell each of the screens to load their content. foreach (GameScreen screen in screens) { screen.LoadContent(); } } /// <summary> /// Unload your graphics content. /// </summary> protected override void UnloadContent() { // Tell each of the screens to unload their content. foreach (GameScreen screen in screens) { screen.UnloadContent(); } } #endregion #region Update and Draw /// <summary> /// Allows each screen to run logic. /// </summary> public override void Update(GameTime gameTime) { #if DEBUG debugSystem.TimeRuler.StartFrame(); debugSystem.TimeRuler.BeginMark("Update", Color.Blue); if (debugTextEnabled && getOut == false) { debugSystem.FpsCounter.Visible = true; debugSystem.TimeRuler.Visible = true; debugSystem.TimeRuler.ShowLog = true; getOut = true; } else if (debugTextEnabled == false) { getOut = false; debugSystem.FpsCounter.Visible = false; debugSystem.TimeRuler.Visible = false; debugSystem.TimeRuler.ShowLog = false; } #endif // Read the keyboard and gamepad. input.Update(); // Make a copy of the master screen list, to avoid confusion if // the process of updating one screen adds or removes others. screensToUpdate.Clear(); foreach (GameScreen screen in screens) screensToUpdate.Add(screen); bool otherScreenHasFocus = !Game.IsActive; bool coveredByOtherScreen = false; // Loop as long as there are screens waiting to be updated. while (screensToUpdate.Count > 0) { // Pop the topmost screen off the waiting list. GameScreen screen = screensToUpdate[screensToUpdate.Count - 1]; screensToUpdate.RemoveAt(screensToUpdate.Count - 1); // Update the screen. screen.Update(gameTime, otherScreenHasFocus, coveredByOtherScreen); if (screen.ScreenState == ScreenState.TransitionOn || screen.ScreenState == ScreenState.Active) { // If this is the first active screen we came across, // give it a chance to handle input. if (!otherScreenHasFocus) { screen.HandleInput(input); otherScreenHasFocus = true; } // If this is an active non-popup, inform any subsequent // screens that they are covered by it. if (!screen.IsPopup) coveredByOtherScreen = true; } } // Print debug trace? if (traceEnabled) TraceScreens(); #if DEBUG debugSystem.TimeRuler.EndMark("Update"); #endif } /// <summary> /// Prints a list of all the screens, for debugging. /// </summary> void TraceScreens() { List<string> screenNames = new List<string>(); foreach (GameScreen screen in screens) screenNames.Add(screen.GetType().Name); Debug.WriteLine(string.Join(", ", screenNames.ToArray())); } /// <summary> /// Tells each screen to draw itself. /// </summary> public override void Draw(GameTime gameTime) { #if DEBUG debugSystem.TimeRuler.StartFrame(); debugSystem.TimeRuler.BeginMark("Draw", Color.Yellow); #endif foreach (GameScreen screen in screens) { if (screen.ScreenState == ScreenState.Hidden) continue; screen.Draw(gameTime); } #if DEBUG debugSystem.TimeRuler.EndMark("Draw"); #endif #if DEMO SpriteBatch.Begin(); SpriteBatch.DrawString(font, "DEMO - NOT FOR RESALE", new Vector2(20, 80), Color.White); SpriteBatch.End(); #endif } #endregion #region Public Methods /// <summary> /// Adds a new screen to the screen manager. /// </summary> public void AddScreen(GameScreen screen, PlayerIndex? controllingPlayer) { screen.ControllingPlayer = controllingPlayer; screen.ScreenManager = this; screen.IsExiting = false; // If we have a graphics device, tell the screen to load content. if (isInitialized) { screen.LoadContent(); } screens.Add(screen); } /// <summary> /// Removes a screen from the screen manager. You should normally /// use GameScreen.ExitScreen instead of calling this directly, so /// the screen can gradually transition off rather than just being /// instantly removed. /// </summary> public void RemoveScreen(GameScreen screen) { // If we have a graphics device, tell the screen to unload content. if (isInitialized) { screen.UnloadContent(); } screens.Remove(screen); screensToUpdate.Remove(screen); } /// <summary> /// Expose an array holding all the screens. We return a copy rather /// than the real master list, because screens should only ever be added /// or removed using the AddScreen and RemoveScreen methods. /// </summary> public GameScreen[] GetScreens() { return screens.ToArray(); } /// <summary> /// Helper draws a translucent black fullscreen sprite, used for fading /// screens in and out, and for darkening the background behind popups. /// </summary> public void FadeBackBufferToBlack(float alpha) { Viewport viewport = GraphicsDevice.Viewport; spriteBatch.Begin(); spriteBatch.Draw(blankTexture, new Rectangle(0, 0, viewport.Width, viewport.Height), Color.Black * alpha); spriteBatch.End(); } #endregion } } Game Screen Parent of GamePlayScreen #region File Description //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // GameScreen.cs // // Microsoft XNA Community Game Platform // Copyright (C) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #endregion #region Using Statements using System; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework.Input; //using Microsoft.Xna.Framework.Input.Touch; using System.IO; #endregion namespace GameStateManagement { /// <summary> /// Enum describes the screen transition state. /// </summary> public enum ScreenState { TransitionOn, Active, TransitionOff, Hidden, } /// <summary> /// A screen is a single layer that has update and draw logic, and which /// can be combined with other layers to build up a complex menu system. /// For instance the main menu, the options menu, the "are you sure you /// want to quit" message box, and the main game itself are all implemented /// as screens. /// </summary> public abstract class GameScreen { #region Properties /// <summary> /// Normally when one screen is brought up over the top of another, /// the first screen will transition off to make room for the new /// one. This property indicates whether the screen is only a small /// popup, in which case screens underneath it do not need to bother /// transitioning off. /// </summary> public bool IsPopup { get { return isPopup; } protected set { isPopup = value; } } bool isPopup = false; /// <summary> /// Indicates how long the screen takes to /// transition on when it is activated. /// </summary> public TimeSpan TransitionOnTime { get { return transitionOnTime; } protected set { transitionOnTime = value; } } TimeSpan transitionOnTime = TimeSpan.Zero; /// <summary> /// Indicates how long the screen takes to /// transition off when it is deactivated. /// </summary> public TimeSpan TransitionOffTime { get { return transitionOffTime; } protected set { transitionOffTime = value; } } TimeSpan transitionOffTime = TimeSpan.Zero; /// <summary> /// Gets the current position of the screen transition, ranging /// from zero (fully active, no transition) to one (transitioned /// fully off to nothing). /// </summary> public float TransitionPosition { get { return transitionPosition; } protected set { transitionPosition = value; } } float transitionPosition = 1; /// <summary> /// Gets the current alpha of the screen transition, ranging /// from 1 (fully active, no transition) to 0 (transitioned /// fully off to nothing). /// </summary> public float TransitionAlpha { get { return 1f - TransitionPosition; } } /// <summary> /// Gets the current screen transition state. /// </summary> public ScreenState ScreenState { get { return screenState; } protected set { screenState = value; } } ScreenState screenState = ScreenState.TransitionOn; /// <summary> /// There are two possible reasons why a screen might be transitioning /// off. It could be temporarily going away to make room for another /// screen that is on top of it, or it could be going away for good. /// This property indicates whether the screen is exiting for real: /// if set, the screen will automatically remove itself as soon as the /// transition finishes. /// </summary> public bool IsExiting { get { return isExiting; } protected internal set { isExiting = value; } } bool isExiting = false; /// <summary> /// Checks whether this screen is active and can respond to user input. /// </summary> public bool IsActive { get { return !otherScreenHasFocus && (screenState == ScreenState.TransitionOn || screenState == ScreenState.Active); } } bool otherScreenHasFocus; /// <summary> /// Gets the manager that this screen belongs to. /// </summary> public ScreenManager ScreenManager { get { return screenManager; } internal set { screenManager = value; } } ScreenManager screenManager; public KeyboardState KeyboardState { get {return Keyboard.GetState();} } /// <summary> /// Gets the index of the player who is currently controlling this screen, /// or null if it is accepting input from any player. This is used to lock /// the game to a specific player profile. The main menu responds to input /// from any connected gamepad, but whichever player makes a selection from /// this menu is given control over all subsequent screens, so other gamepads /// are inactive until the controlling player returns to the main menu. /// </summary> public PlayerIndex? ControllingPlayer { get { return controllingPlayer; } internal set { controllingPlayer = value; } } PlayerIndex? controllingPlayer; /// <summary> /// Gets whether or not this screen is serializable. If this is true, /// the screen will be recorded into the screen manager's state and /// its Serialize and Deserialize methods will be called as appropriate. /// If this is false, the screen will be ignored during serialization. /// By default, all screens are assumed to be serializable. /// </summary> public bool IsSerializable { get { return isSerializable; } protected set { isSerializable = value; } } bool isSerializable = true; #endregion #region Initialization /// <summary> /// Load graphics content for the screen. /// </summary> public virtual void LoadContent() { } /// <summary> /// Unload content for the screen. /// </summary> public virtual void UnloadContent() { } #endregion #region Update and Draw /// <summary> /// Allows the screen to run logic, such as updating the transition position. /// Unlike HandleInput, this method is called regardless of whether the screen /// is active, hidden, or in the middle of a transition. /// </summary> public virtual void Update(GameTime gameTime, bool otherScreenHasFocus, bool coveredByOtherScreen) { this.otherScreenHasFocus = otherScreenHasFocus; if (isExiting) { // If the screen is going away to die, it should transition off. screenState = ScreenState.TransitionOff; if (!UpdateTransition(gameTime, transitionOffTime, 1)) { // When the transition finishes, remove the screen. ScreenManager.RemoveScreen(this); } } else if (coveredByOtherScreen) { // If the screen is covered by another, it should transition off. if (UpdateTransition(gameTime, transitionOffTime, 1)) { // Still busy transitioning. screenState = ScreenState.TransitionOff; } else { // Transition finished! screenState = ScreenState.Hidden; } } else { // Otherwise the screen should transition on and become active. if (UpdateTransition(gameTime, transitionOnTime, -1)) { // Still busy transitioning. screenState = ScreenState.TransitionOn; } else { // Transition finished! screenState = ScreenState.Active; } } } /// <summary> /// Helper for updating the screen transition position. /// </summary> bool UpdateTransition(GameTime gameTime, TimeSpan time, int direction) { // How much should we move by? float transitionDelta; if (time == TimeSpan.Zero) transitionDelta = 1; else transitionDelta = (float)(gameTime.ElapsedGameTime.TotalMilliseconds / time.TotalMilliseconds); // Update the transition position. transitionPosition += transitionDelta * direction; // Did we reach the end of the transition? if (((direction < 0) && (transitionPosition <= 0)) || ((direction > 0) && (transitionPosition >= 1))) { transitionPosition = MathHelper.Clamp(transitionPosition, 0, 1); return false; } // Otherwise we are still busy transitioning. return true; } /// <summary> /// Allows the screen to handle user input. Unlike Update, this method /// is only called when the screen is active, and not when some other /// screen has taken the focus. /// </summary> public virtual void HandleInput(InputState input) { } public KeyboardState currentKeyState; public KeyboardState lastKeyState; public bool IsKeyHit(Keys key) { if (currentKeyState.IsKeyDown(key) && lastKeyState.IsKeyUp(key)) return true; return false; } /// <summary> /// This is called when the screen should draw itself. /// </summary> public virtual void Draw(GameTime gameTime) { } #endregion #region Public Methods /// <summary> /// Tells the screen to serialize its state into the given stream. /// </summary> public virtual void Serialize(Stream stream) { } /// <summary> /// Tells the screen to deserialize its state from the given stream. /// </summary> public virtual void Deserialize(Stream stream) { } /// <summary> /// Tells the screen to go away. Unlike ScreenManager.RemoveScreen, which /// instantly kills the screen, this method respects the transition timings /// and will give the screen a chance to gradually transition off. /// </summary> public void ExitScreen() { if (TransitionOffTime == TimeSpan.Zero) { // If the screen has a zero transition time, remove it immediately. ScreenManager.RemoveScreen(this); } else { // Otherwise flag that it should transition off and then exit. isExiting = true; } } #endregion #region Helper Methods /// <summary> /// A helper method which loads assets using the screen manager's /// associated game content loader. /// </summary> /// <typeparam name="T">Type of asset.</typeparam> /// <param name="assetName">Asset name, relative to the loader root /// directory, and not including the .xnb extension.</param> /// <returns></returns> public T Load<T>(string assetName) { return ScreenManager.Game.Content.Load<T>(assetName); } #endregion } }

    Read the article

  • C#/.NET Little Wonders: The ConcurrentDictionary

    - by James Michael Hare
    Once again we consider some of the lesser known classes and keywords of C#.  In this series of posts, we will discuss how the concurrent collections have been developed to help alleviate these multi-threading concerns.  Last week’s post began with a general introduction and discussed the ConcurrentStack<T> and ConcurrentQueue<T>.  Today's post discusses the ConcurrentDictionary<T> (originally I had intended to discuss ConcurrentBag this week as well, but ConcurrentDictionary had enough information to create a very full post on its own!).  Finally next week, we shall close with a discussion of the ConcurrentBag<T> and BlockingCollection<T>. For more of the "Little Wonders" posts, see the index here. Recap As you'll recall from the previous post, the original collections were object-based containers that accomplished synchronization through a Synchronized member.  While these were convenient because you didn't have to worry about writing your own synchronization logic, they were a bit too finely grained and if you needed to perform multiple operations under one lock, the automatic synchronization didn't buy much. With the advent of .NET 2.0, the original collections were succeeded by the generic collections which are fully type-safe, but eschew automatic synchronization.  This cuts both ways in that you have a lot more control as a developer over when and how fine-grained you want to synchronize, but on the other hand if you just want simple synchronization it creates more work. With .NET 4.0, we get the best of both worlds in generic collections.  A new breed of collections was born called the concurrent collections in the System.Collections.Concurrent namespace.  These amazing collections are fine-tuned to have best overall performance for situations requiring concurrent access.  They are not meant to replace the generic collections, but to simply be an alternative to creating your own locking mechanisms. Among those concurrent collections were the ConcurrentStack<T> and ConcurrentQueue<T> which provide classic LIFO and FIFO collections with a concurrent twist.  As we saw, some of the traditional methods that required calls to be made in a certain order (like checking for not IsEmpty before calling Pop()) were replaced in favor of an umbrella operation that combined both under one lock (like TryPop()). Now, let's take a look at the next in our series of concurrent collections!For some excellent information on the performance of the concurrent collections and how they perform compared to a traditional brute-force locking strategy, see this wonderful whitepaper by the Microsoft Parallel Computing Platform team here. ConcurrentDictionary – the fully thread-safe dictionary The ConcurrentDictionary<TKey,TValue> is the thread-safe counterpart to the generic Dictionary<TKey, TValue> collection.  Obviously, both are designed for quick – O(1) – lookups of data based on a key.  If you think of algorithms where you need lightning fast lookups of data and don’t care whether the data is maintained in any particular ordering or not, the unsorted dictionaries are generally the best way to go. Note: as a side note, there are sorted implementations of IDictionary, namely SortedDictionary and SortedList which are stored as an ordered tree and a ordered list respectively.  While these are not as fast as the non-sorted dictionaries – they are O(log2 n) – they are a great combination of both speed and ordering -- and still greatly outperform a linear search. Now, once again keep in mind that if all you need to do is load a collection once and then allow multi-threaded reading you do not need any locking.  Examples of this tend to be situations where you load a lookup or translation table once at program start, then keep it in memory for read-only reference.  In such cases locking is completely non-productive. However, most of the time when we need a concurrent dictionary we are interleaving both reads and updates.  This is where the ConcurrentDictionary really shines!  It achieves its thread-safety with no common lock to improve efficiency.  It actually uses a series of locks to provide concurrent updates, and has lockless reads!  This means that the ConcurrentDictionary gets even more efficient the higher the ratio of reads-to-writes you have. ConcurrentDictionary and Dictionary differences For the most part, the ConcurrentDictionary<TKey,TValue> behaves like it’s Dictionary<TKey,TValue> counterpart with a few differences.  Some notable examples of which are: Add() does not exist in the concurrent dictionary. This means you must use TryAdd(), AddOrUpdate(), or GetOrAdd().  It also means that you can’t use a collection initializer with the concurrent dictionary. TryAdd() replaced Add() to attempt atomic, safe adds. Because Add() only succeeds if the item doesn’t already exist, we need an atomic operation to check if the item exists, and if not add it while still under an atomic lock. TryUpdate() was added to attempt atomic, safe updates. If we want to update an item, we must make sure it exists first and that the original value is what we expected it to be.  If all these are true, we can update the item under one atomic step. TryRemove() was added to attempt atomic, safe removes. To safely attempt to remove a value we need to see if the key exists first, this checks for existence and removes under an atomic lock. AddOrUpdate() was added to attempt an thread-safe “upsert”. There are many times where you want to insert into a dictionary if the key doesn’t exist, or update the value if it does.  This allows you to make a thread-safe add-or-update. GetOrAdd() was added to attempt an thread-safe query/insert. Sometimes, you want to query for whether an item exists in the cache, and if it doesn’t insert a starting value for it.  This allows you to get the value if it exists and insert if not. Count, Keys, Values properties take a snapshot of the dictionary. Accessing these properties may interfere with add and update performance and should be used with caution. ToArray() returns a static snapshot of the dictionary. That is, the dictionary is locked, and then copied to an array as a O(n) operation.  GetEnumerator() is thread-safe and efficient, but allows dirty reads. Because reads require no locking, you can safely iterate over the contents of the dictionary.  The only downside is that, depending on timing, you may get dirty reads. Dirty reads during iteration The last point on GetEnumerator() bears some explanation.  Picture a scenario in which you call GetEnumerator() (or iterate using a foreach, etc.) and then, during that iteration the dictionary gets updated.  This may not sound like a big deal, but it can lead to inconsistent results if used incorrectly.  The problem is that items you already iterated over that are updated a split second after don’t show the update, but items that you iterate over that were updated a split second before do show the update.  Thus you may get a combination of items that are “stale” because you iterated before the update, and “fresh” because they were updated after GetEnumerator() but before the iteration reached them. Let’s illustrate with an example, let’s say you load up a concurrent dictionary like this: 1: // load up a dictionary. 2: var dictionary = new ConcurrentDictionary<string, int>(); 3:  4: dictionary["A"] = 1; 5: dictionary["B"] = 2; 6: dictionary["C"] = 3; 7: dictionary["D"] = 4; 8: dictionary["E"] = 5; 9: dictionary["F"] = 6; Then you have one task (using the wonderful TPL!) to iterate using dirty reads: 1: // attempt iteration in a separate thread 2: var iterationTask = new Task(() => 3: { 4: // iterates using a dirty read 5: foreach (var pair in dictionary) 6: { 7: Console.WriteLine(pair.Key + ":" + pair.Value); 8: } 9: }); And one task to attempt updates in a separate thread (probably): 1: // attempt updates in a separate thread 2: var updateTask = new Task(() => 3: { 4: // iterates, and updates the value by one 5: foreach (var pair in dictionary) 6: { 7: dictionary[pair.Key] = pair.Value + 1; 8: } 9: }); Now that we’ve done this, we can fire up both tasks and wait for them to complete: 1: // start both tasks 2: updateTask.Start(); 3: iterationTask.Start(); 4:  5: // wait for both to complete. 6: Task.WaitAll(updateTask, iterationTask); Now, if I you didn’t know about the dirty reads, you may have expected to see the iteration before the updates (such as A:1, B:2, C:3, D:4, E:5, F:6).  However, because the reads are dirty, we will quite possibly get a combination of some updated, some original.  My own run netted this result: 1: F:6 2: E:6 3: D:5 4: C:4 5: B:3 6: A:2 Note that, of course, iteration is not in order because ConcurrentDictionary, like Dictionary, is unordered.  Also note that both E and F show the value 6.  This is because the output task reached F before the update, but the updates for the rest of the items occurred before their output (probably because console output is very slow, comparatively). If we want to always guarantee that we will get a consistent snapshot to iterate over (that is, at the point we ask for it we see precisely what is in the dictionary and no subsequent updates during iteration), we should iterate over a call to ToArray() instead: 1: // attempt iteration in a separate thread 2: var iterationTask = new Task(() => 3: { 4: // iterates using a dirty read 5: foreach (var pair in dictionary.ToArray()) 6: { 7: Console.WriteLine(pair.Key + ":" + pair.Value); 8: } 9: }); The atomic Try…() methods As you can imagine TryAdd() and TryRemove() have few surprises.  Both first check the existence of the item to determine if it can be added or removed based on whether or not the key currently exists in the dictionary: 1: // try add attempts an add and returns false if it already exists 2: if (dictionary.TryAdd("G", 7)) 3: Console.WriteLine("G did not exist, now inserted with 7"); 4: else 5: Console.WriteLine("G already existed, insert failed."); TryRemove() also has the virtue of returning the value portion of the removed entry matching the given key: 1: // attempt to remove the value, if it exists it is removed and the original is returned 2: int removedValue; 3: if (dictionary.TryRemove("C", out removedValue)) 4: Console.WriteLine("Removed C and its value was " + removedValue); 5: else 6: Console.WriteLine("C did not exist, remove failed."); Now TryUpdate() is an interesting creature.  You might think from it’s name that TryUpdate() first checks for an item’s existence, and then updates if the item exists, otherwise it returns false.  Well, note quite... It turns out when you call TryUpdate() on a concurrent dictionary, you pass it not only the new value you want it to have, but also the value you expected it to have before the update.  If the item exists in the dictionary, and it has the value you expected, it will update it to the new value atomically and return true.  If the item is not in the dictionary or does not have the value you expected, it is not modified and false is returned. 1: // attempt to update the value, if it exists and if it has the expected original value 2: if (dictionary.TryUpdate("G", 42, 7)) 3: Console.WriteLine("G existed and was 7, now it's 42."); 4: else 5: Console.WriteLine("G either didn't exist, or wasn't 7."); The composite Add methods The ConcurrentDictionary also has composite add methods that can be used to perform updates and gets, with an add if the item is not existing at the time of the update or get. The first of these, AddOrUpdate(), allows you to add a new item to the dictionary if it doesn’t exist, or update the existing item if it does.  For example, let’s say you are creating a dictionary of counts of stock ticker symbols you’ve subscribed to from a market data feed: 1: public sealed class SubscriptionManager 2: { 3: private readonly ConcurrentDictionary<string, int> _subscriptions = new ConcurrentDictionary<string, int>(); 4:  5: // adds a new subscription, or increments the count of the existing one. 6: public void AddSubscription(string tickerKey) 7: { 8: // add a new subscription with count of 1, or update existing count by 1 if exists 9: var resultCount = _subscriptions.AddOrUpdate(tickerKey, 1, (symbol, count) => count + 1); 10:  11: // now check the result to see if we just incremented the count, or inserted first count 12: if (resultCount == 1) 13: { 14: // subscribe to symbol... 15: } 16: } 17: } Notice the update value factory Func delegate.  If the key does not exist in the dictionary, the add value is used (in this case 1 representing the first subscription for this symbol), but if the key already exists, it passes the key and current value to the update delegate which computes the new value to be stored in the dictionary.  The return result of this operation is the value used (in our case: 1 if added, existing value + 1 if updated). Likewise, the GetOrAdd() allows you to attempt to retrieve a value from the dictionary, and if the value does not currently exist in the dictionary it will insert a value.  This can be handy in cases where perhaps you wish to cache data, and thus you would query the cache to see if the item exists, and if it doesn’t you would put the item into the cache for the first time: 1: public sealed class PriceCache 2: { 3: private readonly ConcurrentDictionary<string, double> _cache = new ConcurrentDictionary<string, double>(); 4:  5: // adds a new subscription, or increments the count of the existing one. 6: public double QueryPrice(string tickerKey) 7: { 8: // check for the price in the cache, if it doesn't exist it will call the delegate to create value. 9: return _cache.GetOrAdd(tickerKey, symbol => GetCurrentPrice(symbol)); 10: } 11:  12: private double GetCurrentPrice(string tickerKey) 13: { 14: // do code to calculate actual true price. 15: } 16: } There are other variations of these two methods which vary whether a value is provided or a factory delegate, but otherwise they work much the same. Oddities with the composite Add methods The AddOrUpdate() and GetOrAdd() methods are totally thread-safe, on this you may rely, but they are not atomic.  It is important to note that the methods that use delegates execute those delegates outside of the lock.  This was done intentionally so that a user delegate (of which the ConcurrentDictionary has no control of course) does not take too long and lock out other threads. This is not necessarily an issue, per se, but it is something you must consider in your design.  The main thing to consider is that your delegate may get called to generate an item, but that item may not be the one returned!  Consider this scenario: A calls GetOrAdd and sees that the key does not currently exist, so it calls the delegate.  Now thread B also calls GetOrAdd and also sees that the key does not currently exist, and for whatever reason in this race condition it’s delegate completes first and it adds its new value to the dictionary.  Now A is done and goes to get the lock, and now sees that the item now exists.  In this case even though it called the delegate to create the item, it will pitch it because an item arrived between the time it attempted to create one and it attempted to add it. Let’s illustrate, assume this totally contrived example program which has a dictionary of char to int.  And in this dictionary we want to store a char and it’s ordinal (that is, A = 1, B = 2, etc).  So for our value generator, we will simply increment the previous value in a thread-safe way (perhaps using Interlocked): 1: public static class Program 2: { 3: private static int _nextNumber = 0; 4:  5: // the holder of the char to ordinal 6: private static ConcurrentDictionary<char, int> _dictionary 7: = new ConcurrentDictionary<char, int>(); 8:  9: // get the next id value 10: public static int NextId 11: { 12: get { return Interlocked.Increment(ref _nextNumber); } 13: } Then, we add a method that will perform our insert: 1: public static void Inserter() 2: { 3: for (int i = 0; i < 26; i++) 4: { 5: _dictionary.GetOrAdd((char)('A' + i), key => NextId); 6: } 7: } Finally, we run our test by starting two tasks to do this work and get the results… 1: public static void Main() 2: { 3: // 3 tasks attempting to get/insert 4: var tasks = new List<Task> 5: { 6: new Task(Inserter), 7: new Task(Inserter) 8: }; 9:  10: tasks.ForEach(t => t.Start()); 11: Task.WaitAll(tasks.ToArray()); 12:  13: foreach (var pair in _dictionary.OrderBy(p => p.Key)) 14: { 15: Console.WriteLine(pair.Key + ":" + pair.Value); 16: } 17: } If you run this with only one task, you get the expected A:1, B:2, ..., Z:26.  But running this in parallel you will get something a bit more complex.  My run netted these results: 1: A:1 2: B:3 3: C:4 4: D:5 5: E:6 6: F:7 7: G:8 8: H:9 9: I:10 10: J:11 11: K:12 12: L:13 13: M:14 14: N:15 15: O:16 16: P:17 17: Q:18 18: R:19 19: S:20 20: T:21 21: U:22 22: V:23 23: W:24 24: X:25 25: Y:26 26: Z:27 Notice that B is 3?  This is most likely because both threads attempted to call GetOrAdd() at roughly the same time and both saw that B did not exist, thus they both called the generator and one thread got back 2 and the other got back 3.  However, only one of those threads can get the lock at a time for the actual insert, and thus the one that generated the 3 won and the 3 was inserted and the 2 got discarded.  This is why on these methods your factory delegates should be careful not to have any logic that would be unsafe if the value they generate will be pitched in favor of another item generated at roughly the same time.  As such, it is probably a good idea to keep those generators as stateless as possible. Summary The ConcurrentDictionary is a very efficient and thread-safe version of the Dictionary generic collection.  It has all the benefits of type-safety that it’s generic collection counterpart does, and in addition is extremely efficient especially when there are more reads than writes concurrently. Tweet Technorati Tags: C#, .NET, Concurrent Collections, Collections, Little Wonders, Black Rabbit Coder,James Michael Hare

    Read the article

  • Bundler isn't loading gems

    - by Garrett
    I have been having a problem with using Bundler and being able to access my gems without having to require them somewhere, as config.gem used to do that for me (as far as I know). In my Rails 3 app, I defined my Gemfile like so: clear_sources source "http://gemcutter.org" source "http://gems.github.com" bundle_path "vendor/bundler_gems" ## Bundle edge rails: git "git://github.com/rails/arel.git" git "git://github.com/rails/rack.git" gem "rails", :git => "git://github.com/rails/rails.git" ## Bundle gem "mongo_mapper", :git => "git://github.com/jnunemaker/mongomapper.git" gem "bluecloth", ">= 2.0.0" Then I run gem bundle, it bundles it all up like expected. Inside the environment.rb file that is included within boot.rb it looks like this: # DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE module Bundler file = File.expand_path(__FILE__) dir = File.dirname(file) ENV["PATH"] = "#{dir}/../../../../bin:#{ENV["PATH"]}" ENV["RUBYOPT"] = "-r#{file} #{ENV["RUBYOPT"]}" $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/builder-2.1.2/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/builder-2.1.2/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/text-hyphen-1.0.0/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/text-hyphen-1.0.0/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/i18n-0.3.3/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/i18n-0.3.3/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/arel/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/arel/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activemodel/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activemodel/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/jnunemaker-validatable-1.8.1/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/jnunemaker-validatable-1.8.1/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/abstract-1.0.0/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/abstract-1.0.0/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/erubis-2.6.5/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/erubis-2.6.5/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mime-types-1.16/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mime-types-1.16/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mail-2.1.2/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mail-2.1.2/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rake-0.8.7/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rake-0.8.7/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/railties/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/railties/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/memcache-client-1.7.7/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/memcache-client-1.7.7/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rack/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rack/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rack-test-0.5.3/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rack-test-0.5.3/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rack-mount-0.4.5/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rack-mount-0.4.5/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/actionpack/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/actionpack/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/bluecloth-2.0.7/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/bluecloth-2.0.7/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/bluecloth-2.0.7/ext") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activerecord/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activerecord/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/text-format-1.0.0/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/text-format-1.0.0/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/actionmailer/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/actionmailer/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/tzinfo-0.3.16/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/tzinfo-0.3.16/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activesupport/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activesupport/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activeresource/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activeresource/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mongo-0.18.2/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mongo-0.18.2/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/mongomapper/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/mongomapper/lib") @gemfile = "#{dir}/../../../../Gemfile" require "rubygems" unless respond_to?(:gem) # 1.9 already has RubyGems loaded @bundled_specs = {} @bundled_specs["builder"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/builder-2.1.2.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["builder"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/builder-2.1.2.gemspec" @bundled_specs["text-hyphen"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/text-hyphen-1.0.0.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["text-hyphen"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/text-hyphen-1.0.0.gemspec" @bundled_specs["i18n"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/i18n-0.3.3.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["i18n"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/i18n-0.3.3.gemspec" @bundled_specs["arel"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/arel-0.2.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["arel"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/arel-0.2.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["activemodel"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/activemodel-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["activemodel"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/activemodel-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["jnunemaker-validatable"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/jnunemaker-validatable-1.8.1.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["jnunemaker-validatable"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/jnunemaker-validatable-1.8.1.gemspec" @bundled_specs["abstract"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/abstract-1.0.0.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["abstract"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/abstract-1.0.0.gemspec" @bundled_specs["erubis"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/erubis-2.6.5.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["erubis"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/erubis-2.6.5.gemspec" @bundled_specs["mime-types"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/mime-types-1.16.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["mime-types"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/mime-types-1.16.gemspec" @bundled_specs["mail"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/mail-2.1.2.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["mail"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/mail-2.1.2.gemspec" @bundled_specs["rake"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/rake-0.8.7.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["rake"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/rake-0.8.7.gemspec" @bundled_specs["railties"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/railties-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["railties"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/railties-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["memcache-client"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/memcache-client-1.7.7.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["memcache-client"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/memcache-client-1.7.7.gemspec" @bundled_specs["rack"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/rack-1.1.0.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["rack"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/rack-1.1.0.gemspec" @bundled_specs["rack-test"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/rack-test-0.5.3.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["rack-test"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/rack-test-0.5.3.gemspec" @bundled_specs["rack-mount"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/rack-mount-0.4.5.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["rack-mount"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/rack-mount-0.4.5.gemspec" @bundled_specs["actionpack"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/actionpack-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["actionpack"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/actionpack-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["bluecloth"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/bluecloth-2.0.7.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["bluecloth"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/bluecloth-2.0.7.gemspec" @bundled_specs["activerecord"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/activerecord-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["activerecord"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/activerecord-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["text-format"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/text-format-1.0.0.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["text-format"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/text-format-1.0.0.gemspec" @bundled_specs["actionmailer"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/actionmailer-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["actionmailer"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/actionmailer-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["tzinfo"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/tzinfo-0.3.16.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["tzinfo"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/tzinfo-0.3.16.gemspec" @bundled_specs["activesupport"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/activesupport-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["activesupport"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/activesupport-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["activeresource"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/activeresource-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["activeresource"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/activeresource-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["rails"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/rails-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["rails"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/rails-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["mongo"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/mongo-0.18.2.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["mongo"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/mongo-0.18.2.gemspec" @bundled_specs["mongo_mapper"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/mongo_mapper-0.6.10.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["mongo_mapper"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/mongo_mapper-0.6.10.gemspec" def self.add_specs_to_loaded_specs Gem.loaded_specs.merge! @bundled_specs end def self.add_specs_to_index @bundled_specs.each do |name, spec| Gem.source_index.add_spec spec end end add_specs_to_loaded_specs add_specs_to_index def self.require_env(env = nil) context = Class.new do def initialize(env) @env = env && env.to_s ; end def method_missing(*) ; yield if block_given? ; end def only(*env) old, @only = @only, _combine_only(env.flatten) yield @only = old end def except(*env) old, @except = @except, _combine_except(env.flatten) yield @except = old end def gem(name, *args) opt = args.last.is_a?(Hash) ? args.pop : {} only = _combine_only(opt[:only] || opt["only"]) except = _combine_except(opt[:except] || opt["except"]) files = opt[:require_as] || opt["require_as"] || name files = [files] unless files.respond_to?(:each) return unless !only || only.any? {|e| e == @env } return if except && except.any? {|e| e == @env } if files = opt[:require_as] || opt["require_as"] files = Array(files) files.each { |f| require f } else begin require name rescue LoadError # Do nothing end end yield if block_given? true end private def _combine_only(only) return @only unless only only = [only].flatten.compact.uniq.map { |o| o.to_s } only &= @only if @only only end def _combine_except(except) return @except unless except except = [except].flatten.compact.uniq.map { |o| o.to_s } except |= @except if @except except end end context.new(env && env.to_s).instance_eval(File.read(@gemfile), @gemfile, 1) end end module Gem @loaded_stacks = Hash.new { |h,k| h[k] = [] } def source_index.refresh! super Bundler.add_specs_to_index end end But when I try to access any of my gems, e.g. MongoMapper, Paperclip, Haml, etc. I get: NameError: uninitialized constant MongoMapper The same goes for any other gem. Does Bundler not include gems like the old Rails 2.0 did? Or is something messed up with my system? Any help would be appreciated, thank you!

    Read the article

  • "Exception has been thrown by the target of an invocation" Running Tests - VS2008 SP1

    - by omatrot
    I'm using Visual Studio 2008 Team Suite and I'm unable to run tests and display the Test/Windows/Test Result Window. The result is a dialog box with the following content : "Exception has been thrown by the target of an invocation". Team Explorer has been installed after Visual Studio 2008 SP1. So I have re-apllied the service pack. Searching the web I found that this error is pretty common but unfortunately, the proposed solutions does not work for me. The problem was never analysed so I decided to give it a try : I reproduced the problem on a computer, attached the process with windbg and start with the basic investigations. Following are the first results : 0:000>!dumpstack OS Thread Id: 0xdb0 (0) Current frame: USER32!NtUserWaitMessage+0x15 ChildEBP RetAddr Caller,Callee 003fec94 75a32674 USER32!DialogBox2+0x222, calling USER32!NtUserWaitMessage 003fecd0 75a3288a USER32!InternalDialogBox+0xe5, calling USER32!DialogBox2 003fecfc 75a6f8d0 USER32!SoftModalMessageBox+0x757, calling USER32!InternalDialogBox 003fed3c 6eb61996 mscorwks!Thread::ReverseLeaveRuntime+0x95, calling mscorwks!_EH_epilog3 003fedb0 75a6fbac USER32!MessageBoxWorker+0x269, calling USER32!SoftModalMessageBox 003fede0 6ea559c3 mscorwks!SetupThreadNoThrow+0x19a, calling mscorwks!_EH_epilog3_catch_GS 003fee24 6eb61d8a mscorwks!HasIllegalReentrancy+0xac, calling mscorwks!_EH_epilog3 003fee30 6ea89796 mscorwks!SimpleComCallWrapper::Release+0x2e, calling mscorwks!CompareExchangeMP 003fee38 6ea0da05 mscorwks!CLRException::HandlerState::CleanupTry+0x16, calling mscorwks!GetCurrentSEHRecord 003fee44 6ea0c9c0 mscorwks!Thread::EnablePreemptiveGC+0xf, calling mscorwks!Thread::CatchAtSafePoint 003fee4c 6ea8a241 mscorwks!Unknown_Release_Internal+0x24d, calling mscorwks!GCHolder<1,0,0>::Pop 003fee50 6ea0c86c mscorwks!_EH_epilog3_catch_GS+0xa, calling mscorwks!__security_check_cookie 003fee54 6ea8a24c mscorwks!Unknown_Release_Internal+0x258, calling mscorwks!_EH_epilog3_catch_GS 003fee7c 75a16941 USER32!UserCallWinProcCheckWow+0x13d, calling ntdll!RtlDeactivateActivationContextUnsafeFast 003feed8 7082119e msenv!ATL::CComCritSecLock<ATL::CComCriticalSection>::Lock+0xd, calling ntdll!RtlEnterCriticalSection 003fef08 75a6fe5b USER32!MessageBoxIndirectW+0x2e, calling USER32!MessageBoxWorker 003fef7c 70a1e367 msenv!MessageBoxPVoidW+0xda 003fefd4 70a1db60 msenv!VBDialogCover2+0x11b 003ff01c 70a1e4c0 msenv!VBMessageBox2W+0xf0, calling msenv!VBDialogCover2 003ff044 7087246b msenv!main_GetAppNameW+0xa, calling msenv!GetAppNameInternal 003ff04c 70a1e4f2 msenv!VBMessageBox3W+0x1c, calling msenv!VBMessageBox2W 003ff064 70a1d6d7 msenv!_IdMsgShow+0x362, calling msenv!VBMessageBox3W 003ff0cc 70951841 msenv!TaskDialogCallback+0x7e0, calling msenv!_IdMsgShow 003ff118 6eb20da4 mscorwks!Unknown_QueryInterface+0x230, calling mscorwks!_EH_epilog3_catch_GS 003ff14c 6eb20c43 mscorwks!Unknown_QueryInterface_Internal+0x3d8, calling mscorwks!_EH_epilog3_catch_GS 003ff168 02006ec4 02006ec4, calling 0247a1e8 003ff16c 6ea0c86c mscorwks!_EH_epilog3_catch_GS+0xa, calling mscorwks!__security_check_cookie 003ff198 6eb20562 mscorwks!COMToCLRWorker+0xb34, calling mscorwks!_EH_epilog3_catch_GS 003ff19c 0247a235 0247a235, calling mscorwks!COMToCLRWorker 003ff1c4 7083249f msenv!CVSCommandTarget::ExecCmd+0x937 003ff1e4 7086d5c8 msenv!VsReportErrorInfo+0x11, calling msenv!TaskDialogCallback+0xd8 003ff1f8 7093e65b msenv!CVSCommandTarget::ExecCmd+0x945, calling msenv!VsReportErrorInfo 003ff25c 7081f53a msenv!ATL::CComPtr<IVsLanguageInfo>::~CComPtr<IVsLanguageInfo>+0x24, calling msenv!_EH_epilog3 003ff260 70b18d72 msenv!LogCommand+0x4c, calling msenv!ATL::CComPtr<IVsCodePageSelection>::~CComPtr<IVsCodePageSelection> 003ff264 70b18d77 msenv!LogCommand+0x51, calling msenv!_EH_epilog3 003ff280 70a4fd0e msenv!CMsoButtonUser::FClick+0x1d1, calling msenv!CVSCommandTarget::ExecCmd 003ff2f4 70823a87 msenv!CTLSITE::QueryInterface+0x16 003ff31c 70cb7d4d msenv!TBCB::FNotifyFocus+0x204 003ff35c 70ce5fda msenv!TB::NotifyControl+0x101 003ff3bc 709910f6 msenv!TB::FRequestFocus+0x4ed, calling msenv!TB::NotifyControl 003ff414 708254ba msenv!CMsoButtonUser::FEnabled+0x3d, calling msenv!GetQueryStatusFlags 003ff428 7086222a msenv!TBC::FAutoEnabled+0x24 003ff43c 7098e1eb msenv!TB::LProcessInputMsg+0xdb4 003ff458 6bec1c49 (MethodDesc 0x6bcd7f54 +0x89 System.Windows.Forms.Form.DefWndProc(System.Windows.Forms.Message ByRef)), calling 6be3b738 003ff50c 70823ab0 msenv!FPtbFromSite+0x16 003ff520 70991c43 msenv!TB::PtbParent+0x25, calling msenv!FPtbFromSite 003ff52c 708dda49 msenv!TBWndProc+0x2da 003ff588 0203d770 0203d770, calling 0247a1e8 003ff598 70822a70 msenv!CPaneFrame::Release+0x118, calling msenv!_EH_epilog3 003ff5b0 75a16238 USER32!InternalCallWinProc+0x23 003ff5dc 75a168ea USER32!UserCallWinProcCheckWow+0x109, calling USER32!InternalCallWinProc 003ff620 75a16899 USER32!UserCallWinProcCheckWow+0x6a, calling ntdll!RtlActivateActivationContextUnsafeFast 003ff654 75a17d31 USER32!DispatchMessageWorker+0x3bc, calling USER32!UserCallWinProcCheckWow 003ff688 70847f2b msenv!CMsoComponent::FPreTranslateMessage+0x72, calling msenv!MainFTranslateMessage 003ff6b4 75a17dfa USER32!DispatchMessageW+0xf, calling USER32!DispatchMessageWorker 003ff6c4 70831553 msenv!EnvironmentMsgLoop+0x1ea, calling USER32!DispatchMessageW 003ff6f8 708eb9bd msenv!CMsoCMHandler::FPushMessageLoop+0x86, calling msenv!EnvironmentMsgLoop 003ff724 708eb94d msenv!SCM::FPushMessageLoop+0xb7 003ff74c 708eb8e9 msenv!SCM_MsoCompMgr::FPushMessageLoop+0x28, calling msenv!SCM::FPushMessageLoop 003ff768 708eb8b8 msenv!CMsoComponent::PushMsgLoop+0x28 003ff788 708ebe4e msenv!VStudioMainLogged+0x482, calling msenv!CMsoComponent::PushMsgLoop 003ff7ac 70882afe msenv!CVsActivityLogSingleton::Instance+0xdf, calling msenv!_EH_epilog3 003ff7d8 70882afe msenv!CVsActivityLogSingleton::Instance+0xdf, calling msenv!_EH_epilog3 003ff7dc 707e4e31 msenv!VActivityLogStartupEntries+0x42 003ff7f4 7081f63b msenv!ATL::CComPtr<IClassFactory>::~CComPtr<IClassFactory>+0x24, calling msenv!_EH_epilog3 003ff7f8 708b250f msenv!ATL::CComQIPtr<IUnknown,&IID_IUnknown>::~CComQIPtr<IUnknown,&IID_IUnknown>+0x1d, calling msenv!_EH_epilog3 003ff820 708e7561 msenv!VStudioMain+0xc1, calling msenv!VStudioMainLogged 003ff84c 2f32aabc devenv!util_CallVsMain+0xff 003ff878 2f3278f2 devenv!CDevEnvAppId::Run+0x11fd, calling devenv!util_CallVsMain 003ff97c 77533b23 ntdll!RtlpAllocateHeap+0xe73, calling ntdll!_SEH_epilog4 003ff9f0 77536cd7 ntdll!RtlpLowFragHeapAllocFromContext+0x882, calling ntdll!RtlpSubSegmentInitialize 003ffa10 7753609f ntdll!RtlNtStatusToDosError+0x3b, calling ntdll!RtlNtStatusToDosErrorNoTeb 003ffa14 775360a4 ntdll!RtlNtStatusToDosError+0x40, calling ntdll!_SEH_epilog4 003ffa40 775360a4 ntdll!RtlNtStatusToDosError+0x40, calling ntdll!_SEH_epilog4 003ffa44 75bd2736 kernel32!LocalBaseRegOpenKey+0x159, calling ntdll!RtlNtStatusToDosError 003ffa48 75bd2762 kernel32!LocalBaseRegOpenKey+0x22a, calling kernel32!_SEH_epilog4 003ffac4 75bd2762 kernel32!LocalBaseRegOpenKey+0x22a, calling kernel32!_SEH_epilog4 003ffac8 75bd28c9 kernel32!RegOpenKeyExInternalW+0x130, calling kernel32!LocalBaseRegOpenKey 003ffad8 75bd28de kernel32!RegOpenKeyExInternalW+0x211 003ffae0 75bd28e5 kernel32!RegOpenKeyExInternalW+0x21d, calling kernel32!_SEH_epilog4 003ffb04 6f282e2b MSVCR90!_unlock+0x15, calling ntdll!RtlLeaveCriticalSection 003ffb14 75bd2642 kernel32!BaseRegCloseKeyInternal+0x41, calling ntdll!NtClose 003ffb28 75bd25d0 kernel32!RegCloseKey+0xd4, calling kernel32!_SEH_epilog4 003ffb5c 75bd25d0 kernel32!RegCloseKey+0xd4, calling kernel32!_SEH_epilog4 003ffb60 2f321ea4 devenv!DwInitSyncObjects+0x340 003ffb90 2f327bf4 devenv!WinMain+0x74, calling devenv!CDevEnvAppId::Run 003ffbac 2f327c68 devenv!License::GetPID+0x258, calling devenv!WinMain 003ffc3c 75bd3677 kernel32!BaseThreadInitThunk+0xe 003ffc48 77539d72 ntdll!__RtlUserThreadStart+0x70 003ffc88 77539d45 ntdll!_RtlUserThreadStart+0x1b, calling ntdll!__RtlUserThreadStart 0:000> !pe -nested Exception object: 050aae9c Exception type: System.Reflection.TargetInvocationException Message: Exception has been thrown by the target of an invocation. InnerException: System.NullReferenceException, use !PrintException 050aac64 to see more StackTrace (generated): SP IP Function 003FEC2C 6D2700F7 mscorlib_ni!System.RuntimeType.CreateInstanceSlow(Boolean, Boolean)+0x57 003FEC5C 6D270067 mscorlib_ni!System.RuntimeType.CreateInstanceImpl(Boolean, Boolean, Boolean)+0xe7 003FEC94 6D270264 mscorlib_ni!System.Activator.CreateInstance(System.Type, Boolean)+0x44 003FECA4 6AD02DAF Microsoft_VisualStudio_Shell_9_0_ni!Microsoft.VisualStudio.Shell.Package.CreateToolWindow(System.Type, Int32, Microsoft.VisualStudio.Shell.ProvideToolWindowAttribute)+0x67 003FED30 6AD0311B Microsoft_VisualStudio_Shell_9_0_ni!Microsoft.VisualStudio.Shell.Package.CreateToolWindow(System.Type, Int32)+0xb7 003FED58 6AD02D12 Microsoft_VisualStudio_Shell_9_0_ni!Microsoft.VisualStudio.Shell.Package.FindToolWindow(System.Type, Int32, Boolean, Microsoft.VisualStudio.Shell.ProvideToolWindowAttribute)+0x7a 003FED88 6AD02D39 Microsoft_VisualStudio_Shell_9_0_ni!Microsoft.VisualStudio.Shell.Package.FindToolWindow(System.Type, Int32, Boolean)+0x11 003FED94 02585E30 Microsoft_VisualStudio_QualityTools_TestCaseManagement!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.TestCaseManagement.QualityToolsPackage.InitToolWindowVariable[[System.__Canon, mscorlib]](System.__Canon ByRef, System.String, Boolean)+0x58 003FEDD0 02585DBE Microsoft_VisualStudio_QualityTools_TestCaseManagement!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.TestCaseManagement.QualityToolsPackage.InitToolWindowVariable[[System.__Canon, mscorlib]](System.__Canon ByRef, System.String)+0x36 003FEDE4 02585D32 Microsoft_VisualStudio_QualityTools_TestCaseManagement!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.TestCaseManagement.QualityToolsPackage.ShowToolWindow[[System.__Canon, mscorlib]](System.__Canon ByRef, System.String, Boolean)+0x3a 003FEE00 02585AB4 Microsoft_VisualStudio_QualityTools_TestCaseManagement!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.TestCaseManagement.QualityToolsPackage.OpenTestResultsToolWindow()+0x2c 003FEE10 02585A6E Microsoft_VisualStudio_QualityTools_TestCaseManagement!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.TestCaseManagement.QualityToolsPackage.OnMenuViewTestResults(System.Object, System.EventArgs)+0x6 003FEE18 6CD4F993 System_ni!System.ComponentModel.Design.MenuCommand.Invoke()+0x43 003FEE40 6CD4F9D4 System_ni!System.ComponentModel.Design.MenuCommand.Invoke(System.Object)+0x8 003FEE48 6AD000FA Microsoft_VisualStudio_Shell_9_0_ni!Microsoft.VisualStudio.Shell.OleMenuCommandService.Microsoft.VisualStudio.OLE.Interop.IOleCommandTarget.Exec(System.Guid ByRef, UInt32, UInt32, IntPtr, IntPtr)+0x11a 003FEEA0 6AD03FB8 Microsoft_VisualStudio_Shell_9_0_ni!Microsoft.VisualStudio.Shell.Package.Microsoft.VisualStudio.OLE.Interop.IOleCommandTarget.Exec(System.Guid ByRef, UInt32, UInt32, IntPtr, IntPtr)+0x44 StackTraceString: <none> HResult: 80131604 0:000> !PrintException 050aac64 Exception object: 050aac64 Exception type: System.NullReferenceException Message: Object reference not set to an instance of an object. InnerException: <none> StackTrace (generated): SP IP Function 003FE660 078E60BE Microsoft_VisualStudio_TeamSystem_Integration!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TeamSystem.Integration.TcmResultsPublishManager..ctor(Microsoft.VisualStudio.TeamSystem.Integration.ResultsPublishManager)+0xc6 003FE674 078E5C91 Microsoft_VisualStudio_TeamSystem_Integration!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TeamSystem.Integration.ResultsPublishManager..ctor(Microsoft.VisualStudio.TeamSystem.Integration.TeamFoundationHostHelper)+0x59 003FE684 078E2FA0 Microsoft_VisualStudio_TeamSystem_Integration!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TeamSystem.Integration.VsetServerHelper..ctor(System.IServiceProvider)+0x50 003FE6A4 078E2E90 Microsoft_VisualStudio_TeamSystem_Common!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TeamSystem.Integration.Client.VsetHelper.InitializeThrow(System.IServiceProvider)+0x20 003FE6B8 078E2E2A Microsoft_VisualStudio_TeamSystem_Common!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TeamSystem.Integration.Client.VsetHelper.InitializeHelper(System.IServiceProvider)+0x22 003FE6E0 078E2DEC Microsoft_VisualStudio_TeamSystem_Common!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TeamSystem.Integration.Client.VsetHelper.CreateVsetHelper(System.IServiceProvider)+0x1c 003FE6F0 078E2DAC Microsoft_VisualStudio_QualityTools_TestCaseManagement!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.TestCaseManagement.QualityToolsPackage.get_VsetHelper()+0x14 003FE6F8 02586BBE Microsoft_VisualStudio_QualityTools_TestCaseManagement!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.TestCaseManagement.ResultsToolWindow..ctor()+0x9f6 003FE798 02585F8A Microsoft_VisualStudio_QualityTools_TestCaseManagement!Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.TestCaseManagement.ResultToolWindowHost..ctor()+0x1a StackTraceString: <none> HResult: 80004003 In order to be able to continue the analysis, we need to get the parameters to see what is going on. I also tried to run devenv.exe with the /log switch. No error in the log after reproducing the problem. Finally, If Team Explorer is removed from the system, the problem goes away. Any help appreciated. TIA. Olivier.

    Read the article

  • Out of memory exception during scrolling of listview

    - by user1761316
    I am using facebook data like postedpicture,profile picture,name,message in my listview.I am getting an OOM error while doing fast scrolling of listview. I am also having scrollviewlistener in my application that loads more data when the scrollbar reaches the bottom of the screen.I just want to know whether I need to change anything in this class. imageLoader.DisplayImage(postimage.get(position).replace(" ", "%20"), postimg) ; I am using the above line to call the method in this imageloader class to set the bitmap to imageview. Here is my imageloader class import java.io.File; import java.io.FileInputStream; import java.io.FileNotFoundException; import java.io.FileOutputStream; import java.io.InputStream; import java.io.OutputStream; import java.net.HttpURLConnection; import java.net.URL; import java.util.Collections; import java.util.Map; import java.util.Stack; import java.util.WeakHashMap; import com.stellent.beerbro.Wall; import android.app.Activity; import android.content.Context; import android.graphics.Bitmap; import android.graphics.Bitmap.Config; import android.graphics.BitmapFactory; import android.graphics.Canvas; import android.graphics.Paint; import android.graphics.PorterDuff.Mode; import android.graphics.PorterDuffXfermode; import android.graphics.Rect; import android.graphics.RectF; import android.graphics.drawable.BitmapDrawable; import android.util.Log; import android.widget.ImageView; public class ImageLoader { MemoryCache memoryCache=new MemoryCache(); FileCache fileCache; private Map<ImageView, String> imageViews=Collections.synchronizedMap(new WeakHashMap<ImageView, String>()); public ImageLoader(Context context){ //Make the background thead low priority. This way it will not affect the UI performance photoLoaderThread.setPriority(Thread.NORM_PRIORITY-1); fileCache=new FileCache(context); } // final int stub_id=R.drawable.stub; public void DisplayImage(String url,ImageView imageView) { imageViews.put(imageView, url); System.gc(); // Bitmap bitmap=createScaledBitmap(memoryCache.get(url), 100,100,0); Bitmap bitmap=memoryCache.get(url); // Bitmap bitmaps=bitmap.createScaledBitmap(bitmap, 0, 100, 100); if(bitmap!=null) { imageView.setBackgroundDrawable(new BitmapDrawable(bitmap)); // imageView.setImageBitmap(getRoundedCornerBitmap( bitmap, 10,70,70)); // imageView.setImageBitmap(bitmap); // Log.v("first", "first"); } else { queuePhoto(url, imageView); // Log.v("second", "second"); } } private Bitmap createScaledBitmap(Bitmap bitmap, int i, int j, int k) { // TODO Auto-generated method stub return null; } private void queuePhoto(String url, ImageView imageView) { //This ImageView may be used for other images before. So there may be some old tasks in the queue. We need to discard them. photosQueue.Clean(imageView); PhotoToLoad p=new PhotoToLoad(url, imageView); synchronized(photosQueue.photosToLoad){ photosQueue.photosToLoad.push(p); photosQueue.photosToLoad.notifyAll(); } //start thread if it's not started yet if(photoLoaderThread.getState()==Thread.State.NEW) photoLoaderThread.start(); } public Bitmap getBitmap(String url) { File f=fileCache.getFile(url); //from SD cache Bitmap b = decodeFile(f); if(b!=null) return b; //from web try { Bitmap bitmap=null; URL imageUrl = new URL(url); HttpURLConnection conn = (HttpURLConnection)imageUrl.openConnection(); conn.setConnectTimeout(30000); conn.setReadTimeout(30000); InputStream is=conn.getInputStream(); OutputStream os = new FileOutputStream(f); Utils.CopyStream(is, os); os.close(); bitmap = decodeFile(f); return bitmap; } catch (Exception ex){ ex.printStackTrace(); return null; } }//Lalit //decodes image and scales it to reduce memory consumption private Bitmap decodeFile(File f){ try { //decode image size BitmapFactory.Options o = new BitmapFactory.Options(); o.inJustDecodeBounds = true; BitmapFactory.decodeStream(new FileInputStream(f),null,o); //Find the correct scale value. It should be the power of 2. final int REQUIRED_SIZE=Wall.width; final int REQUIRED_SIZE1=Wall.height; // final int REQUIRED_SIZE=250; // int width_tmp=o.outWidth, height_tmp=o.outHeight; int scale=1; // while(o.outWidth/scale/2>=REQUIRED_SIZE && o.outHeight/scale/2>=REQUIRED_SIZE) //// scale*=2; while(true){ if(width_tmp/2<REQUIRED_SIZE && height_tmp/2<REQUIRED_SIZE1) break; width_tmp/=2; height_tmp/=2; scale*=2; } //decode with inSampleSize BitmapFactory.Options o2 = new BitmapFactory.Options(); o2.inSampleSize=scale; // o2.inSampleSize=2; return BitmapFactory.decodeStream(new FileInputStream(f), null, o2); } catch (FileNotFoundException e) {} return null; } //Task for the queue private class PhotoToLoad { public String url; public ImageView imageView; public PhotoToLoad(String u, ImageView i){ url=u; imageView=i; } } PhotosQueue photosQueue=new PhotosQueue(); public void stopThread() { photoLoaderThread.interrupt(); } //stores list of photos to download class PhotosQueue { private Stack<PhotoToLoad> photosToLoad=new Stack<PhotoToLoad>(); //removes all instances of this ImageView public void Clean(ImageView image) { for(int j=0 ;j<photosToLoad.size();){ if(photosToLoad.get(j).imageView==image) photosToLoad.remove(j); else ++j; } } } class PhotosLoader extends Thread { public void run() { try { while(true) { //thread waits until there are any images to load in the queue if(photosQueue.photosToLoad.size()==0) synchronized(photosQueue.photosToLoad){ photosQueue.photosToLoad.wait(); } if(photosQueue.photosToLoad.size()!=0) { PhotoToLoad photoToLoad; synchronized(photosQueue.photosToLoad){ photoToLoad=photosQueue.photosToLoad.pop(); } Bitmap bmp=getBitmap(photoToLoad.url); memoryCache.put(photoToLoad.url, bmp); String tag=imageViews.get(photoToLoad.imageView); if(tag!=null && tag.equals(photoToLoad.url)){ BitmapDisplayer bd=new BitmapDisplayer(bmp, photoToLoad.imageView); Activity a=(Activity)photoToLoad.imageView.getContext(); a.runOnUiThread(bd); } } if(Thread.interrupted()) break; } } catch (InterruptedException e) { //allow thread to exit } } } PhotosLoader photoLoaderThread=new PhotosLoader(); //Used to display bitmap in the UI thread class BitmapDisplayer implements Runnable { Bitmap bitmap; ImageView imageView; public BitmapDisplayer(Bitmap b, ImageView i){bitmap=b;imageView=i;} public void run() { if(bitmap!=null) imageView.setBackgroundDrawable(new BitmapDrawable(bitmap)); } } public void clearCache() { memoryCache.clear(); fileCache.clear(); } public static Bitmap getRoundedCornerBitmap(Bitmap bitmap, int pixels,int width,int height) { Bitmap output = Bitmap.createBitmap(width,height, Config.ARGB_8888); Canvas canvas = new Canvas(output); final int color = 0xff424242; final Paint paint = new Paint(); final Rect rect = new Rect(0, 0, bitmap.getWidth(), bitmap.getHeight()); final RectF rectF = new RectF(rect); final float roundPx = pixels; paint.setAntiAlias(true); canvas.drawARGB(0, 0, 0, 0); paint.setColor(color); canvas.drawRoundRect(rectF, roundPx, roundPx, paint); paint.setXfermode(new PorterDuffXfermode(Mode.SRC_IN)); canvas.drawBitmap(bitmap, rect, rect, paint); return output; } }

    Read the article

  • asp.net grid view hyper link pass values to new window

    - by srihari
    hai guys here is my question please help me I have a gridview with hyperlink fields here my requirement is if I click on hyperlink of particular row I need to display that particular row values into other page in that page user will edit record values after that if he clicks on update button I need to update that record values and get back to previous home page. if iam clicking hyper link in first window new window should open with out any url tool bar and minimize close buttons like popup modular Ajax ModalPopUpExtender but iam un able to ge that that one please help me the fillowing code is defalut.aspx <head runat="server"> <title>PassGridviewRow values </title> <style type="text/css"> #gvrecords tr.rowHover:hover { background-color:Yellow; font-family:Arial; } </style> </head> <body> <form id="form1" runat="server"> <div> <asp:GridView runat="server" ID="gvrecords" AutoGenerateColumns="false" HeaderStyle-BackColor="#7779AF" HeaderStyle-ForeColor="White" DataKeyNames="UserId" RowStyle-CssClass="rowHover"> <Columns> <asp:TemplateField HeaderText="Change Password" > <ItemTemplate> <a href ='<%#"UpdateGridviewvalues.aspx?UserId="+DataBinder.Eval(Container.DataItem,"UserId") %>'> <%#Eval("UserName") %> </a> </ItemTemplate> </asp:TemplateField> <asp:BoundField DataField="FirstName" HeaderText="FirstName" /> <asp:BoundField DataField="LastName" HeaderText="LastName" /> <asp:BoundField DataField="Email" HeaderText="Email" /> </Columns> </asp:GridView> </div> </form> </body> </html> following code default.aspx.cs code using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Data; using System.Data.SqlClient; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using System.Web.UI; using System.Web.UI.WebControls; public partial class _Default : System.Web.UI.Page { protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { if (!IsPostBack) { BindGridview(); } } protected void BindGridview() { SqlConnection con = new SqlConnection("Data Source=.;Integrated Security=SSPI;Initial Catalog=testdb1"); con.Open(); SqlCommand cmd = new SqlCommand("select * from UserDetails", con); SqlDataAdapter da = new SqlDataAdapter(cmd); cmd.ExecuteNonQuery(); con.Close(); DataSet ds = new DataSet(); da.Fill(ds); gvrecords.DataSource = ds; gvrecords.DataBind(); } } this is updategridviewvalues.aspx <head runat="server"> <title>Update Gridview Row Values</title> <script type="text/javascript"> function Showalert(username) { alert(username + ' details updated successfully.'); if (alert) { window.location = 'Default.aspx'; } } </script> </head> <body> <form id="form1" runat="server"> <div> <table> <tr> <td colspan="2" align="center"> <b> Edit User Details</b> </td> </tr> <tr> <td> User Name: </td> <td> <asp:Label ID="lblUsername" runat="server"/> </td> </tr> <tr> <td> First Name: </td> <td> <asp:TextBox ID="txtfname" runat="server"></asp:TextBox> </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Last Name: </td> <td> <asp:TextBox ID="txtlname" runat="server"></asp:TextBox> </td> </tr> <tr> <td> Email: </td> <td> <asp:TextBox ID="txtemail" runat="server"></asp:TextBox> </td> </tr> <tr> <td> </td> <td> <asp:Button ID="btnUpdate" runat="server" Text="Update" onclick="btnUpdate_Click" /> <asp:Button ID="btnCancel" runat="server" Text="Cancel" onclick="btnCancel_Click"/> </td> </tr> </table> </div> </form> </body> </html> and my updategridviewvalues.aspx.cs code is follows using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Data; using System.Data.SqlClient; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using System.Web.UI; using System.Web.UI.WebControls; public partial class UpdateGridviewvalues : System.Web.UI.Page { SqlConnection con = new SqlConnection("Data Source=.;Integrated Security=SSPI;Initial Catalog=testdb1"); private int userid=0; protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { userid = Convert.ToInt32(Request.QueryString["UserId"].ToString()); if(!IsPostBack) { BindControlvalues(); } } private void BindControlvalues() { con.Open(); SqlCommand cmd = new SqlCommand("select * from UserDetails where UserId=" + userid, con); SqlDataAdapter da = new SqlDataAdapter(cmd); cmd.ExecuteNonQuery(); con.Close(); DataSet ds = new DataSet(); da.Fill(ds); lblUsername.Text = ds.Tables[0].Rows[0][1].ToString(); txtfname.Text = ds.Tables[0].Rows[0][2].ToString(); txtlname.Text = ds.Tables[0].Rows[0][3].ToString(); txtemail.Text = ds.Tables[0].Rows[0][4].ToString(); } protected void btnUpdate_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { con.Open(); SqlCommand cmd = new SqlCommand("update UserDetails set FirstName='" + txtfname.Text + "',LastName='" + txtlname.Text + "',Email='" + txtemail.Text + "' where UserId=" + userid, con); SqlDataAdapter da = new SqlDataAdapter(cmd); int result= cmd.ExecuteNonQuery(); con.Close(); if(result==1) { ScriptManager.RegisterStartupScript(this, this.GetType(), "ShowSuccess", "javascript:Showalert('"+lblUsername.Text+"')", true); } } protected void btnCancel_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { Response.Redirect("~/Default.aspx"); } } My requirement is new window should come like pop window as new window with out having url and close button my database tables is ColumnName DataType ------------------------------------------- UserId Int(set identity property=true) UserName varchar(50) FirstName varchar(50) LastName varchar(50) Email Varchar(50)

    Read the article

  • Dealing with external processes

    - by Jesse Aldridge
    I've been working on a gui app that needs to manage external processes. Working with external processes leads to a lot of issues that can make a programmer's life difficult. I feel like maintenence on this app is taking an unacceptably long time. I've been trying to list the things that make working with external processes difficult so that I can come up with ways of mitigating the pain. This kind of turned into a rant which I thought I'd post here in order to get some feedback and to provide some guidance to anybody thinking about sailing into these very murky waters. Here's what I've got so far: Output from the child can get mixed up with output from the parent. This can make both outputs misleading and hard to read. It can be hard to tell what came from where. It becomes harder to figure out what's going on when things are asynchronous. Here's a contrived example: import textwrap, os, time from subprocess import Popen test_path = 'test_file.py' with open(test_path, 'w') as file: file.write(textwrap.dedent(''' import time for i in range(3): print 'Hello %i' % i time.sleep(1)''')) proc = Popen('python -B "%s"' % test_path) for i in range(3): print 'Hello %i' % i time.sleep(1) os.remove(test_path) I guess I could have the child process write its output to a file. But it can be annoying to have to open up a file every time I want to see the result of a print statement. If I have code for the child process I could add a label, something like print 'child: Hello %i', but it can be annoying to do that for every print. And it adds some noise to the output. And of course I can't do it if I don't have access to the code. I could manually manage the process output. But then you open up a huge can of worms with threads and polling and stuff like that. A simple solution is to treat processes like synchronous functions, that is, no further code executes until the process completes. In other words, make the process block. But that doesn't work if you're building a gui app. Which brings me to the next problem... Blocking processes cause the gui to become unresponsive. import textwrap, sys, os from subprocess import Popen from PyQt4.QtGui import * from PyQt4.QtCore import * test_path = 'test_file.py' with open(test_path, 'w') as file: file.write(textwrap.dedent(''' import time for i in range(3): print 'Hello %i' % i time.sleep(1)''')) app = QApplication(sys.argv) button = QPushButton('Launch process') def launch_proc(): # Can't move the window until process completes proc = Popen('python -B "%s"' % test_path) proc.communicate() button.connect(button, SIGNAL('clicked()'), launch_proc) button.show() app.exec_() os.remove(test_path) Qt provides a process wrapper of its own called QProcess which can help with this. You can connect functions to signals to capture output relatively easily. This is what I'm currently using. But I'm finding that all these signals behave suspiciously like goto statements and can lead to spaghetti code. I think I want to get sort-of blocking behavior by having the 'finished' signal from QProcess call a function containing all the code that comes after the process call. I think that should work but I'm still a bit fuzzy on the details... Stack traces get interrupted when you go from the child process back to the parent process. If a normal function screws up, you get a nice complete stack trace with filenames and line numbers. If a subprocess screws up, you'll be lucky if you get any output at all. You end up having to do a lot more detective work everytime something goes wrong. Speaking of which, output has a way of disappearing when dealing external processes. Like if you run something via the windows 'cmd' command, the console will pop up, execute the code, and then disappear before you have a chance to see the output. You have to pass the /k flag to make it stick around. Similar issues seem to crop up all the time. I suppose both problems 3 and 4 have the same root cause: no exception handling. Exception handling is meant to be used with functions, it doesn't work with processes. Maybe there's some way to get something like exception handling for processes? I guess that's what stderr is for? But dealing with two different streams can be annoying in itself. Maybe I should look into this more... Processes can hang and stick around in the background without you realizing it. So you end up yelling at your computer cuz it's going so slow until you finally bring up your task manager and see 30 instances of the same process hanging out in the background. Also, hanging background processes can interefere with other instances of the process in various fun ways, such as causing permissions errors by holding a handle to a file or someting like that. It seems like an easy solution to this would be to have the parent process kill the child process on exit if the child process didn't close itself. But if the parent process crashes, cleanup code might not get called and the child can be left hanging. Also, if the parent waits for the child to complete, and the child is in an infinite loop or something, you can end up with two hanging processes. This problem can tie in to problem 2 for extra fun, causing your gui to stop responding entirely and force you to kill everything with the task manager. F***ing quotes Parameters often need to be passed to processes. This is a headache in itself. Especially if you're dealing with file paths. Say... 'C:/My Documents/whatever/'. If you don't have quotes, the string will often be split at the space and interpreted as two arguments. If you need nested quotes you can use ' and ". But if you need to use more than two layers of quotes, you have to do some nasty escaping, for example: "cmd /k 'python \'path 1\' \'path 2\''". A good solution to this problem is passing parameters as a list rather than as a single string. Subprocess allows you to do this. Can't easily return data from a subprocess. You can use stdout of course. But what if you want to throw a print in there for debugging purposes? That's gonna screw up the parent if it's expecting output formatted a certain way. In functions you can print one string and return another and everything works just fine. Obscure command-line flags and a crappy terminal based help system. These are problems I often run into when using os level apps. Like the /k flag I mentioned, for holding a cmd window open, who's idea was that? Unix apps don't tend to be much friendlier in this regard. Hopefully you can use google or StackOverflow to find the answer you need. But if not, you've got a lot of boring reading and frusterating trial and error to do. External factors. This one's kind of fuzzy. But when you leave the relatively sheltered harbor of your own scripts to deal with external processes you find yourself having to deal with the "outside world" to a much greater extent. And that's a scary place. All sorts of things can go wrong. Just to give a random example: the cwd in which a process is run can modify it's behavior. There are probably other issues, but those are the ones I've written down so far. Any other snags you'd like to add? Any suggestions for dealing with these problems?

    Read the article

  • Flash and Google Maps - Only Last Icon showing

    - by Peter
    I have a simple Map and geocoding sample in Flash using CS4 The problem is simple - I can retrieve a short list from the google search api, but when I try to generate the icons on the map using a loop, only the last icon is displayed. (ignore the house icon, it is generated earlier) I feel I am missing something or made a stupid AS3 mistake (like treating it as if it was c#) - or even a stupid wood-for-the-trees mistake. The problem is in the last line of the code. I have added all my code just in case somebody else can find a use for it - lord knows it took me a great while to figure this out :) It runs here (also, if anybody has an idea why the icon is slightly in the wrong place on render, but corrects if you move the map - please let me know) Any help would be great. Thanks. P import com.google.maps.services.ClientGeocoder; import com.google.maps.services.GeocodingEvent; import com.google.maps.LatLng; import com.google.maps.Map; import com.google.maps.MapEvent; import com.google.maps.MapType; import com.google.maps.overlays.Marker; import com.google.maps.overlays.MarkerOptions; import com.google.maps.styles.FillStyle; import com.google.maps.styles.StrokeStyle; import com.google.maps.controls.* import com.google.maps.overlays.* import flash.display.Bitmap; import flash.display.BitmapData; import com.adobe.utils.StringUtil; import be.boulevart.google.ajaxapi.search.GoogleSearchResult; import be.boulevart.google.events.GoogleApiEvent; import be.boulevart.google.ajaxapi.search.local.GoogleLocalSearch; import be.boulevart.google.ajaxapi.search.local.data.GoogleLocalSearchItem; var strZip:String = new String(); strZip="60661"; var strAddress:String = new String(); strAddress ="100 W. Jackson Blvd, chicago, IL 60661"; var IconArray:Array = new Array; var SearchArray:Array = new Array; /*-------------------------------------------------------------- // The returned search data gets placed into this array ---------------------------------------------------------------*/ var LocalInfo:Array = new Array(); var intCount:int = new int; var intMapReady:int=0; /*=================================================================================== We load the map first and then get the search criteria - this will keep the order of operation clean. The ====================================================================================*/ var map:Map = new Map(); map.key = "ABQIAAAAHwSPp7Lhew456ffD6qa2WmxT_VwdLJEfmcCgytxKjcH1jLKkiihQtfC- TbcwryvBQYhRwHWa8F_Gp9Q"; map.setSize(new Point(600, 550)); map.addEventListener(MapEvent.MAP_READY, onMapReady); //Places the map on the page this.addChild(map); map.x=5; map.y=5; function onMapReady(event:Event):void { //Center the map and place the house marker doGeocode(); } /*========================================================================== Goecode to return the LAT and LONG for the specific address, center the map and add the house icon ===========================================================================*/ function doGeocode() { var geocoder:ClientGeocoder = new ClientGeocoder(); geocoder.addEventListener(GeocodingEvent.GEOCODING_SUCCESS, function(event:GeocodingEvent):void { var objPlacemarks:Array = event.response.placemarks; if (objPlacemarks.length > 0) { map.setCenter(objPlacemarks[0].point, 14, MapType.NORMAL_MAP_TYPE); var request:URLRequest = new URLRequest("house.png"); var imageLoader:Loader = new Loader(); imageLoader.load(request); var objMarkerOptions:MarkerOptions = new MarkerOptions(); objMarkerOptions.icon=imageLoader; objMarkerOptions.icon.scaleX=.15; objMarkerOptions.icon.scaleY=.15; objMarkerOptions.iconAlignment = MarkerOptions.ALIGN_HORIZONTAL_CENTER + MarkerOptions.ALIGN_VERTICAL_CENTER; var objMarker:Marker = new Marker(objPlacemarks[0].point, objMarkerOptions); map.addOverlay(objMarker); doLoadSearch() } }); //Failure code - good practice, really geocoder.addEventListener(GeocodingEvent.GEOCODING_FAILURE, function(event:GeocodingEvent):void { txtResult.appendText("Geocoding failed"); }); // generate geocode geocoder.geocode(strAddress); } /*=============================================================== XML Loader - loads icon file and search text pair from xml file =================================================================*/ function doLoadSearch() { var xmlLoader:URLLoader = new URLLoader(); var xmlData:XML = new XML(); xmlLoader.addEventListener(Event.COMPLETE, LoadXML); xmlLoader.load(new URLRequest("config.xml")); function LoadXML(e:Event):void { xmlData = new XML(e.target.data); RetrieveSearch(); } function RetrieveSearch() { //extract the MapData subset var xmlSearch = xmlData.MapData; // push this to an xml list object var xmlChildren:XMLList = xmlSearch.children(); //loop the list and extract the data into an //array of formatted search criteria for each (var Search:XML in xmlChildren) { txtResult.appendText("Searching For: "+Search.Criteria+" Icon=" + Search.Icon+ "Zip=" + strZip +"\r\n\r\n"); //retrieve search criteria loadLocalInfo(Search.Criteria,Search.Icon,strZip); } } } /*================================================================================== Search Functionality - does a google API search and loads the lats and longs required to place the icons on the map - THIS WILL NOT RUN LOCALLY ===================================================================================*/ function loadLocalInfo(strSearch,strIcon,strZip) { var objLocal:GoogleLocalSearch=new GoogleLocalSearch() objLocal.search(strSearch+" "+strZip,0,"0,0","","") objLocal.addEventListener(GoogleApiEvent.LOCAL_SEARCH_RESULT,onSearchComplete) function onSearchComplete(e:GoogleApiEvent):void { var resulta:GoogleSearchResult=e.data as GoogleSearchResult; //------------------------------------------------ // Load the icon for this particular search //------------------------------------------------ var request:URLRequest = new URLRequest(strIcon); var imageLoader:Loader = new Loader(); imageLoader.load(request); //------------------------------------------------------------- // For test purposes txtResult.appendText("Result Count for "+strSearch+" = "+e.data.results.length+"\r\n\r\n"); for each (var result:GoogleLocalSearchItem in e.data.results as Array) { LocalInfo[intCount]=[String(result.title),strIcon,String(result.latitude),String(result.longitude)]; //--------------------------------------- // Pop the icon onto the map //--------------------------------------- var objLatLng:LatLng = new LatLng(parseFloat(result.latitude), parseFloat(result.longitude)); var objMarkerOptions:MarkerOptions = new MarkerOptions(); objMarkerOptions.icon=imageLoader; objMarkerOptions.hasShadow=false; objMarkerOptions.iconAlignment = MarkerOptions.ALIGN_HORIZONTAL_CENTER + MarkerOptions.ALIGN_VERTICAL_CENTER; var objMarker:Marker = new Marker(objLatLng, objMarkerOptions); /********************************************************** *Everything* works to here - I have traced out execution and all variables. It only works on the last item in the array :( ***********************************************************/ map.addOverlay(objMarker); } } }

    Read the article

  • Creating a thematic map

    - by jsharma
    This post describes how to create a simple thematic map, just a state population layer, with no underlying map tile layer. The map shows states color-coded by total population. The map is interactive with info-windows and can be panned and zoomed. The sample code demonstrates the following: Displaying an interactive vector layer with no background map tile layer (i.e. purpose and use of the Universe object) Using a dynamic (i.e. defined via the javascript client API) color bucket style Dynamically changing a layer's rendering style Specifying which attribute value to use in determining the bucket, and hence style, for a feature (FoI) The result is shown in the screenshot below. The states layer was defined, and stored in the user_sdo_themes view of the mvdemo schema, using MapBuilder. The underlying table is defined as SQL> desc states_32775  Name                                      Null?    Type ----------------------------------------- -------- ----------------------------  STATE                                              VARCHAR2(26)  STATE_ABRV                                         VARCHAR2(2) FIPSST                                             VARCHAR2(2) TOTPOP                                             NUMBER PCTSMPLD                                           NUMBER LANDSQMI                                           NUMBER POPPSQMI                                           NUMBER ... MEDHHINC NUMBER AVGHHINC NUMBER GEOM32775 MDSYS.SDO_GEOMETRY We'll use the TOTPOP column value in the advanced (color bucket) style for rendering the states layers. The predefined theme (US_STATES_BI) is defined as follows. SQL> select styling_rules from user_sdo_themes where name='US_STATES_BI'; STYLING_RULES -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- <?xml version="1.0" standalone="yes"?> <styling_rules highlight_style="C.CB_QUAL_8_CLASS_DARK2_1"> <hidden_info> <field column="STATE" name="Name"/> <field column="POPPSQMI" name="POPPSQMI"/> <field column="TOTPOP" name="TOTPOP"/> </hidden_info> <rule column="TOTPOP"> <features style="states_totpop"> </features> <label column="STATE_ABRV" style="T.BLUE_SERIF_10"> 1 </label> </rule> </styling_rules> SQL> The theme definition specifies that the state, poppsqmi, totpop, state_abrv, and geom columns will be queried from the states_32775 table. The state_abrv value will be used to label the state while the totpop value will be used to determine the color-fill from those defined in the states_totpop advanced style. The states_totpop style, which we will not use in our demo, is defined as shown below. SQL> select definition from user_sdo_styles where name='STATES_TOTPOP'; DEFINITION -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- <?xml version="1.0" ?> <AdvancedStyle> <BucketStyle> <Buckets default_style="C.S02_COUNTRY_AREA"> <RangedBucket seq="0" label="10K - 5M" low="10000" high="5000000" style="C.SEQ6_01" /> <RangedBucket seq="1" label="5M - 12M" low="5000001" high="1.2E7" style="C.SEQ6_02" /> <RangedBucket seq="2" label="12M - 20M" low="1.2000001E7" high="2.0E7" style="C.SEQ6_04" /> <RangedBucket seq="3" label="&gt; 20M" low="2.0000001E7" high="5.0E7" style="C.SEQ6_05" /> </Buckets> </BucketStyle> </AdvancedStyle> SQL> The demo defines additional advanced styles via the OM.style object and methods and uses those instead when rendering the states layer.   Now let's look at relevant snippets of code that defines the map extent and zoom levels (i.e. the OM.universe),  loads the states predefined vector layer (OM.layer), and sets up the advanced (color bucket) style. Defining the map extent and zoom levels. function initMap() {   //alert("Initialize map view");     // define the map extent and number of zoom levels.   // The Universe object is similar to the map tile layer configuration   // It defines the map extent, number of zoom levels, and spatial reference system   // well-known ones (like web mercator/google/bing or maps.oracle/elocation are predefined   // The Universe must be defined when there is no underlying map tile layer.   // When there is a map tile layer then that defines the map extent, srid, and zoom levels.      var uni= new OM.universe.Universe(     {         srid : 32775,         bounds : new OM.geometry.Rectangle(                         -3280000, 170000, 2300000, 3200000, 32775),         numberOfZoomLevels: 8     }); The srid specifies the spatial reference system which is Equal-Area Projection (United States). SQL> select cs_name from cs_srs where srid=32775 ; CS_NAME --------------------------------------------------- Equal-Area Projection (United States) The bounds defines the map extent. It is a Rectangle defined using the lower-left and upper-right coordinates and srid. Loading and displaying the states layer This is done in the states() function. The full code is at the end of this post, however here's the snippet which defines the states VectorLayer.     // States is a predefined layer in user_sdo_themes     var  layer2 = new OM.layer.VectorLayer("vLayer2",     {         def:         {             type:OM.layer.VectorLayer.TYPE_PREDEFINED,             dataSource:"mvdemo",             theme:"us_states_bi",             url: baseURL,             loadOnDemand: false         },         boundingTheme:true      }); The first parameter is a layer name, the second is an object literal for a layer config. The config object has two attributes: the first is the layer definition, the second specifies whether the layer is a bounding one (i.e. used to determine the current map zoom and center such that the whole layer is displayed within the map window) or not. The layer config has the following attributes: type - specifies whether is a predefined one, a defined via a SQL query (JDBC), or in a json-format file (DATAPACK) theme - is the predefined theme's name url - is the location of the mapviewer server loadOnDemand - specifies whether to load all the features or just those that lie within the current map window and load additional ones as needed on a pan or zoom The code snippet below dynamically defines an advanced style and then uses it, instead of the 'states_totpop' style, when rendering the states layer. // override predefined rendering style with programmatic one    var theRenderingStyle =      createBucketColorStyle('YlBr5', colorSeries, 'States5', true);   // specify which attribute is used in determining the bucket (i.e. color) to use for the state   // It can be an array because the style could be a chart type (pie/bar)   // which requires multiple attribute columns     // Use the STATE.TOTPOP column (aka attribute) value here    layer2.setRenderingStyle(theRenderingStyle, ["TOTPOP"]); The style itself is defined in the createBucketColorStyle() function. Dynamically defining an advanced style The advanced style used here is a bucket color style, i.e. a color style is associated with each bucket. So first we define the colors and then the buckets.     numClasses = colorSeries[colorName].classes;    // create Color Styles    for (var i=0; i < numClasses; i++)    {         theStyles[i] = new OM.style.Color(                      {fill: colorSeries[colorName].fill[i],                        stroke:colorSeries[colorName].stroke[i],                       strokeOpacity: useGradient? 0.25 : 1                      });    }; numClasses is the number of buckets. The colorSeries array contains the color fill and stroke definitions and is: var colorSeries = { //multi-hue color scheme #10 YlBl. "YlBl3": {   classes:3,                  fill: [0xEDF8B1, 0x7FCDBB, 0x2C7FB8],                  stroke:[0xB5DF9F, 0x72B8A8, 0x2872A6]   }, "YlBl5": {   classes:5,                  fill:[0xFFFFCC, 0xA1DAB4, 0x41B6C4, 0x2C7FB8, 0x253494],                  stroke:[0xE6E6B8, 0x91BCA2, 0x3AA4B0, 0x2872A6, 0x212F85]   }, //multi-hue color scheme #11 YlBr.  "YlBr3": {classes:3,                  fill:[0xFFF7BC, 0xFEC44F, 0xD95F0E],                  stroke:[0xE6DEA9, 0xE5B047, 0xC5360D]   }, "YlBr5": {classes:5,                  fill:[0xFFFFD4, 0xFED98E, 0xFE9929, 0xD95F0E, 0x993404],                  stroke:[0xE6E6BF, 0xE5C380, 0xE58A25, 0xC35663, 0x8A2F04]     }, etc. Next we create the bucket style.    bucketStyleDef = {       numClasses : colorSeries[colorName].classes, //      classification: 'custom',  //since we are supplying all the buckets //      buckets: theBuckets,       classification: 'logarithmic',  // use a logarithmic scale       styles: theStyles,       gradient:  useGradient? 'linear' : 'off' //      gradient:  useGradient? 'radial' : 'off'     };    theBucketStyle = new OM.style.BucketStyle(bucketStyleDef);    return theBucketStyle; A BucketStyle constructor takes a style definition as input. The style definition specifies the number of buckets (numClasses), a classification scheme (which can be equal-ranged, logarithmic scale, or custom), the styles for each bucket, whether to use a gradient effect, and optionally the buckets (required when using a custom classification scheme). The full source for the demo <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> <title>Oracle Maps V2 Thematic Map Demo</title> <script src="http://localhost:8080/mapviewer/jslib/v2/oraclemapsv2.js" type="text/javascript"> </script> <script type="text/javascript"> //var $j = jQuery.noConflict(); var baseURL="http://localhost:8080/mapviewer"; // location of mapviewer OM.gv.proxyEnabled =false; // no mvproxy needed OM.gv.setResourcePath(baseURL+"/jslib/v2/images/"); // location of resources for UI elements like nav panel buttons var map = null; // the client mapviewer object var statesLayer = null, stateCountyLayer = null; // The vector layers for states and counties in a state var layerName="States"; // initial map center and zoom var mapCenterLon = -20000; var mapCenterLat = 1750000; var mapZoom = 2; var mpoint = new OM.geometry.Point(mapCenterLon,mapCenterLat,32775); var currentPalette = null, currentStyle=null; // set an onchange listener for the color palette select list // initialize the map // load and display the states layer $(document).ready( function() { $("#demo-htmlselect").change(function() { var theColorScheme = $(this).val(); useSelectedColorScheme(theColorScheme); }); initMap(); states(); } ); /** * color series from ColorBrewer site (http://colorbrewer2.org/). */ var colorSeries = { //multi-hue color scheme #10 YlBl. "YlBl3": { classes:3, fill: [0xEDF8B1, 0x7FCDBB, 0x2C7FB8], stroke:[0xB5DF9F, 0x72B8A8, 0x2872A6] }, "YlBl5": { classes:5, fill:[0xFFFFCC, 0xA1DAB4, 0x41B6C4, 0x2C7FB8, 0x253494], stroke:[0xE6E6B8, 0x91BCA2, 0x3AA4B0, 0x2872A6, 0x212F85] }, //multi-hue color scheme #11 YlBr. "YlBr3": {classes:3, fill:[0xFFF7BC, 0xFEC44F, 0xD95F0E], stroke:[0xE6DEA9, 0xE5B047, 0xC5360D] }, "YlBr5": {classes:5, fill:[0xFFFFD4, 0xFED98E, 0xFE9929, 0xD95F0E, 0x993404], stroke:[0xE6E6BF, 0xE5C380, 0xE58A25, 0xC35663, 0x8A2F04] }, // single-hue color schemes (blues, greens, greys, oranges, reds, purples) "Purples5": {classes:5, fill:[0xf2f0f7, 0xcbc9e2, 0x9e9ac8, 0x756bb1, 0x54278f], stroke:[0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3] }, "Blues5": {classes:5, fill:[0xEFF3FF, 0xbdd7e7, 0x68aed6, 0x3182bd, 0x18519C], stroke:[0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3] }, "Greens5": {classes:5, fill:[0xedf8e9, 0xbae4b3, 0x74c476, 0x31a354, 0x116d2c], stroke:[0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3] }, "Greys5": {classes:5, fill:[0xf7f7f7, 0xcccccc, 0x969696, 0x636363, 0x454545], stroke:[0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3] }, "Oranges5": {classes:5, fill:[0xfeedde, 0xfdb385, 0xfd8d3c, 0xe6550d, 0xa63603], stroke:[0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3] }, "Reds5": {classes:5, fill:[0xfee5d9, 0xfcae91, 0xfb6a4a, 0xde2d26, 0xa50f15], stroke:[0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3, 0xd3d3d3] } }; function createBucketColorStyle( colorName, colorSeries, rangeName, useGradient) { var theBucketStyle; var bucketStyleDef; var theStyles = []; var theColors = []; var aBucket, aStyle, aColor, aRange; var numClasses ; numClasses = colorSeries[colorName].classes; // create Color Styles for (var i=0; i < numClasses; i++) { theStyles[i] = new OM.style.Color( {fill: colorSeries[colorName].fill[i], stroke:colorSeries[colorName].stroke[i], strokeOpacity: useGradient? 0.25 : 1 }); }; bucketStyleDef = { numClasses : colorSeries[colorName].classes, // classification: 'custom', //since we are supplying all the buckets // buckets: theBuckets, classification: 'logarithmic', // use a logarithmic scale styles: theStyles, gradient: useGradient? 'linear' : 'off' // gradient: useGradient? 'radial' : 'off' }; theBucketStyle = new OM.style.BucketStyle(bucketStyleDef); return theBucketStyle; } function initMap() { //alert("Initialize map view"); // define the map extent and number of zoom levels. // The Universe object is similar to the map tile layer configuration // It defines the map extent, number of zoom levels, and spatial reference system // well-known ones (like web mercator/google/bing or maps.oracle/elocation are predefined // The Universe must be defined when there is no underlying map tile layer. // When there is a map tile layer then that defines the map extent, srid, and zoom levels. var uni= new OM.universe.Universe( { srid : 32775, bounds : new OM.geometry.Rectangle( -3280000, 170000, 2300000, 3200000, 32775), numberOfZoomLevels: 8 }); map = new OM.Map( document.getElementById('map'), { mapviewerURL: baseURL, universe:uni }) ; var navigationPanelBar = new OM.control.NavigationPanelBar(); map.addMapDecoration(navigationPanelBar); } // end initMap function states() { //alert("Load and display states"); layerName = "States"; if(statesLayer) { // states were already visible but the style may have changed // so set the style to the currently selected one var theData = $('#demo-htmlselect').val(); setStyle(theData); } else { // States is a predefined layer in user_sdo_themes var layer2 = new OM.layer.VectorLayer("vLayer2", { def: { type:OM.layer.VectorLayer.TYPE_PREDEFINED, dataSource:"mvdemo", theme:"us_states_bi", url: baseURL, loadOnDemand: false }, boundingTheme:true }); // add drop shadow effect and hover style var shadowFilter = new OM.visualfilter.DropShadow({opacity:0.5, color:"#000000", offset:6, radius:10}); var hoverStyle = new OM.style.Color( {stroke:"#838383", strokeThickness:2}); layer2.setHoverStyle(hoverStyle); layer2.setHoverVisualFilter(shadowFilter); layer2.enableFeatureHover(true); layer2.enableFeatureSelection(false); layer2.setLabelsVisible(true); // override predefined rendering style with programmatic one var theRenderingStyle = createBucketColorStyle('YlBr5', colorSeries, 'States5', true); // specify which attribute is used in determining the bucket (i.e. color) to use for the state // It can be an array because the style could be a chart type (pie/bar) // which requires multiple attribute columns // Use the STATE.TOTPOP column (aka attribute) value here layer2.setRenderingStyle(theRenderingStyle, ["TOTPOP"]); currentPalette = "YlBr5"; var stLayerIdx = map.addLayer(layer2); //alert('State Layer Idx = ' + stLayerIdx); map.setMapCenter(mpoint); map.setMapZoomLevel(mapZoom) ; // display the map map.init() ; statesLayer=layer2; // add rt-click event listener to show counties for the state layer2.addListener(OM.event.MouseEvent.MOUSE_RIGHT_CLICK,stateRtClick); } // end if } // end states function setStyle(styleName) { // alert("Selected Style = " + styleName); // there may be a counties layer also displayed. // that wll have different bucket ranges so create // one style for states and one for counties var newRenderingStyle = null; if (layerName === "States") { if(/3/.test(styleName)) { newRenderingStyle = createBucketColorStyle(styleName, colorSeries, 'States3', false); currentStyle = createBucketColorStyle(styleName, colorSeries, 'Counties3', false); } else { newRenderingStyle = createBucketColorStyle(styleName, colorSeries, 'States5', false); currentStyle = createBucketColorStyle(styleName, colorSeries, 'Counties5', false); } statesLayer.setRenderingStyle(newRenderingStyle, ["TOTPOP"]); if (stateCountyLayer) stateCountyLayer.setRenderingStyle(currentStyle, ["TOTPOP"]); } } // end setStyle function stateRtClick(evt){ var foi = evt.feature; //alert('Rt-Click on State: ' + foi.attributes['_label_'] + // ' with pop ' + foi.attributes['TOTPOP']); // display another layer with counties info // layer may change on each rt-click so create and add each time. var countyByState = null ; // the _label_ attribute of a feature in this case is the state abbreviation // we will use that to query and get the counties for a state var sqlText = "select totpop,geom32775 from counties_32775_moved where state_abrv="+ "'"+foi.getAttributeValue('_label_')+"'"; // alert(sqlText); if (currentStyle === null) currentStyle = createBucketColorStyle('YlBr5', colorSeries, 'Counties5', false); /* try a simple style instead new OM.style.ColorStyle( { stroke: "#B8F4FF", fill: "#18E5F4", fillOpacity:0 } ); */ // remove existing layer if any if(stateCountyLayer) map.removeLayer(stateCountyLayer); countyByState = new OM.layer.VectorLayer("stCountyLayer", {def:{type:OM.layer.VectorLayer.TYPE_JDBC, dataSource:"mvdemo", sql:sqlText, url:baseURL}}); // url:baseURL}, // renderingStyle:currentStyle}); countyByState.setVisible(true); // specify which attribute is used in determining the bucket (i.e. color) to use for the state countyByState.setRenderingStyle(currentStyle, ["TOTPOP"]); var ctLayerIdx = map.addLayer(countyByState); // alert('County Layer Idx = ' + ctLayerIdx); //map.addLayer(countyByState); stateCountyLayer = countyByState; } // end stateRtClick function useSelectedColorScheme(theColorScheme) { if(map) { // code to update renderStyle goes here //alert('will try to change render style'); setStyle(theColorScheme); } else { // do nothing } } </script> </head> <body bgcolor="#b4c5cc" style="height:100%;font-family:Arial,Helvetica,Verdana"> <h3 align="center">State population thematic map </h3> <div id="demo" style="position:absolute; left:68%; top:44px; width:28%; height:100%"> <HR/> <p/> Choose Color Scheme: <select id="demo-htmlselect"> <option value="YlBl3"> YellowBlue3</option> <option value="YlBr3"> YellowBrown3</option> <option value="YlBl5"> YellowBlue5</option> <option value="YlBr5" selected="selected"> YellowBrown5</option> <option value="Blues5"> Blues</option> <option value="Greens5"> Greens</option> <option value="Greys5"> Greys</option> <option value="Oranges5"> Oranges</option> <option value="Purples5"> Purples</option> <option value="Reds5"> Reds</option> </select> <p/> </div> <div id="map" style="position:absolute; left:10px; top:50px; width:65%; height:75%; background-color:#778f99"></div> <div style="position:absolute;top:85%; left:10px;width:98%" class="noprint"> <HR/> <p> Note: This demo uses HTML5 Canvas and requires IE9+, Firefox 10+, or Chrome. No map will show up in IE8 or earlier. </p> </div> </body> </html>

    Read the article

  • pagination for displaytag with colorbox in Spring framework

    - by Hitesh Solanki
    Hi..... I want to display the pop up for user selection using colorbox. I have put link on manageblacklist.jsp named 'select'. when I click on 'select' link ,colorbox is displayed. all user is displayed but pagination is not worked. I have used display tag for pagination. Without using colorbox, pagination is worked fine. I have used spring framework. The code of manageblacklist.jsp is given below: <%@ page contentType="text/html" pageEncoding="UTF-8" import="java.util.*"%> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> <%@ include file="/WEB-INF/jsp/include.jsp" %> <%@ taglib prefix="form" uri="http://www.springframework.org/tags/form" %> <%@ taglib uri="http://displaytag.sf.net" prefix="display" %> <%@ page import="com.sufalam.mailserver.bean.User"%> <%@ page import="javax.servlet.http.HttpSession" %> <% String pageSize = (String) request.getAttribute("pageSize"); System.out.println("page size:" + pageSize); HttpSession session1 = request.getSession(); List<User> userList = (List<User>) session1.getAttribute("userList"); Iterator iterator = userList.iterator(); String user = (String) request.getAttribute("user"); System.out.println("user in the jsp :" + user); %> <html> <head> <script type="text/javascript" src="js/jquery142.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="js/jquery.colorbox.js"></script> <link rel="stylesheet" href="style/colorbox.css" type="text/css"> <script type="text/javascript"> $(document).ready(function(){ //Examples of how to assign the ColorBox event to elements $(".example5").colorbox(); //Example of preserving a JavaScript event for inline calls. $("#click").click(function(){ $('#click').css({"background-color":"#f00", "color":"#fff", "cursor":"inherit"}).text("Open this window again and this message will still be here."); return false; }); }); </script> <script type="text/javascript"> function changePageSize() { var myValue = document.getElementById("combo1").value; document.getElementById("selectedPageSize").value=myValue; document.whitelistBlacklistForm.submit(); } function selectAll() { var selectAll = document.getElementById("checkAll"); var returnById = document.getElementsByName("check"); var i; var val; if (selectAll.checked == true) { val = true; } else { val = false; } for (i = 0; i < returnById.length; i++) { returnById[i].checked = val; } } function onload() { insertNavigation ('insertHereTop', 'insertHereBottom'); } function insertNavigation( topElementID, BottomElementID ) { if ( document.getElementById('pagingBanner') ){ document.getElementById(topElementID).innerHTML=document.getElementById('pagingBanner').innerHTML; document.getElementById(BottomElementID).innerHTML=document.getElementById('pagingBanner1').innerHTML; } } function confirmDelete() { if (confirm("Are you sure you want to delete selected records?")) { flag = 1; return true; } else { return false; } } function loadModels() { var flag=true; var textValue = document.getElementById('txtuser'); $.getJSON("ajaxblacklist.htm", // url { param :textValue.value }, // request params function(json) { // callback // var options = '<table class="displayTable" cellspacing="0"><thead><tr><th align = "center">Blacklisted Sender</th>'+ // '<th align ="center">Delete</th></tr></thead><tbody>'; var options = '<table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><tr><td style="background:url(images/leftbg.gif) repeat-y; width:8px;"></td>' + '<td class="middlesection"><table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><tr>' + '<td height="30" class="p10"><table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="allboder" >' + '<tr><td class="tebelhd"> Blacklisted Sender </td></tr>'; for (i in json) { var state = json[i]; for(j in state){ var op = state[j]; if(op.length==undefined){ options += '<tr><td class="tdhd"><table width="0%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><tr><td width="741">'+ state[j].senderEmail + '</td><td align="center" width="148"><a href="managewhitelistblacklist.htm?sender='+state[j].senderEmail+'&recipient='+ state[j].recipientEmail+'&action=delete"><span> <img src="/MailServerV2/images/delete.gif"/> </span></a></td></tr></table></td></tr>'; break; } for(k in op) { if(flag == true) { flag = false; options += '<tr><td class="tdhd"><table width="0%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><tr>'; } else { flag = true; options += '<tr><td class="tdhd2"><table width="0%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><tr>'; } options += '<td width="741">'+ op[k].senderEmail +'</td><td align="center" width="148"><a href="managewhitelistblacklist.htm?sender='+op[k].senderEmail+'&recipient='+op[k].recipientEmail+'&action=delete"><span> <img src="/MailServerV2/images/delete.gif"/> </span></a></td></tr></table></td></tr>'; } } } options += '</td></tr></table>'; $("div[name^=blacklist]").html(options); }); } </script> </head> <body> <table width="" border="0" align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="maintable"> <tr> <td class="topsection"><table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr> <td valign="top" align="center" class="middlesection" ><table width="96%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr> <td >&nbsp;</td> </tr> <tr> <td> <table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing ="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr> <td> <table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3"> <tr> <td align="left" valign="middle"><h1>Manage Blacklist</h1></td> <td align="right" valign="bottom"><div style="float:right;"><a href="savewhitelistblacklist.htm" class="buttonash"><span>Create Whitelist Blacklist </span></a></div></td> </tr> </table></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="bottomboder"><img src="images/ashish.gif" height="1" /></td> </tr> </table> </td> </tr> <tr> <td>&nbsp;</td> </tr> <tr> <td> </td> </tr> <tr> <td> <div id="TabbedPanels1" class="TabbedPanels"/> <div style="display: block;" class="TabbedPanelsContent"/> <div align="left" class="tebelhd"> Blacklist Information </div><div class="entry-edit"> <div class="fieldset" id="base_fieldset"> <div class="hor-scroll_1" align="left"> <fieldset Class="label1css" style="color:#666666"> <legend>Fields</legend> <table> <tr> <td align="right"> Recipient Email : </td> <td><input type="text" id="txtuser" name="txtuser" <% if (user != null) { %> value="<%=user%>" <% } else { %> value="" <% } %> /> </td> <td><a href="#" class="buttonash" onclick="loadModels()"><span>Search</span></a></td> <!-- <td><a href="javascript:void(0)" class="buttonash" onclick="window.open('selectuser.htm','selectuser','width=600,height=400,menubar=yes,status=yes,location=yes,toolbar=yes,scrollbars=yes');" ><span>Select</span></a></td>--> <td><a href="selectuser.htm" class="example5 buttonash" ><span>Select</span></a> </td> <td align="right"> </td> </tr> </table> </fieldset> <div id="blacklist" name="blacklist"></div> </div> </div> </div> </td> </tr> </table> </td> </tr> </table> </td> <!-- InstanceEndEditable --> <td style="background:url(images/rightbg.gif) repeat-y; width:8px;"></td> </tr> </table> <% // session1.removeAttribute("user"); %> </body> </html> So , please tell me how to work pagination .... Thanks in advanced...

    Read the article

  • Help with Boost Spirit ASTs

    - by Decmac04
    I am writing a small tool for analyzing simple B Machine substitutions as part of a college research work. The code successfully parse test inputs of the form mySubst := var1 + var2. However, I get a pop-up error message saying "This application has requested the Runtime to terminate it in an unusual way. " In the command prompt window, I get an "Assertion failed message". The main program is given below: // BMachineTree.cpp : Defines the entry point for the console application. // /*============================================================================= Copyright (c) 2010 Temitope Onunkun =============================================================================*/ /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // UUsing Boost Spririt Trees (AST) to parse B Machine Substitutions. // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #define BOOST_SPIRIT_DUMP_PARSETREE_AS_XML #include <boost/spirit/core.hpp> #include <boost/spirit/tree/ast.hpp> #include <boost/spirit/tree/tree_to_xml.hpp> #include "BMachineTreeGrammar.hpp" #include <iostream> #include <stack> #include <functional> #include <string> #include <cassert> #include <vector> #if defined(BOOST_SPIRIT_DUMP_PARSETREE_AS_XML) #include <map> #endif // Using AST to parse B Machine substitutions //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// using namespace std; using namespace boost::spirit; typedef char const* iterator_t; typedef tree_match<iterator_t> parse_tree_match_t; typedef parse_tree_match_t::tree_iterator iter_t; //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// string evaluate(parse_tree_match_t hit); string eval_machine(iter_t const& i); vector<string> dx; string evaluate(tree_parse_info<> info) { return eval_machine(info.trees.begin()); } string eval_machine(iter_t const& i) { cout << "In eval_machine. i->value = " << string(i->value.begin(), i->value.end()) << " i->children.size() = " << i->children.size() << endl; if (i->value.id() == substitution::leafValueID) { assert(i->children.size() == 0); // extract string tokens string leafValue(i->value.begin(), i->value.end()); dx.push_back(leafValue.c_str()); return leafValue.c_str(); } // else if (i->value.id() == substitution::termID) { if ( (*i->value.begin() == '*') || (*i->value.begin() == '/') ) { assert(i->children.size() == 2); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()) ); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1) ); return eval_machine(i->children.begin()) + " " + eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1); } // else assert(0); } else if (i->value.id() == substitution::expressionID) { if ( (*i->value.begin() == '+') || (*i->value.begin() == '-') ) { assert(i->children.size() == 2); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()) ); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1) ); return eval_machine(i->children.begin()) + " " + eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1); } else assert(0); } // else if (i->value.id() == substitution::simple_substID) { if (*i->value.begin() == (':' >> '=') ) { assert(i->children.size() == 2); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()) ); dx.push_back( eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1) ); return eval_machine(i->children.begin()) + "|->" + eval_machine(i->children.begin()+1); } else assert(0); } else { assert(0); // error } return 0; } //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// int main() { // look in BMachineTreeGrammar for the definition of BMachine substitution BMach_subst; cout << "/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////\n\n"; cout << "\t\tB Machine Substitution...\n\n"; cout << "/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////\n\n"; cout << "Type an expression...or [q or Q] to quit\n\n"; string str; while (getline(cin, str)) { if (str.empty() || str[0] == 'q' || str[0] == 'Q') break; tree_parse_info<> info = ast_parse(str.c_str(), BMach_subst, space_p); if (info.full) { #if defined(BOOST_SPIRIT_DUMP_PARSETREE_AS_XML) // dump parse tree as XML std::map<parser_id, std::string> rule_names; rule_names[substitution::identifierID] = "identifier"; rule_names[substitution::leafValueID] = "leafValue"; rule_names[substitution::factorID] = "factor"; rule_names[substitution::termID] = "term"; rule_names[substitution::expressionID] = "expression"; rule_names[substitution::simple_substID] = "simple_subst"; tree_to_xml(cout, info.trees, str.c_str(), rule_names); #endif // print the result cout << "Variables in Vector dx: " << endl; for(vector<string>::iterator idx = dx.begin(); idx < dx.end(); ++idx) cout << *idx << endl; cout << "parsing succeeded\n"; cout << "result = " << evaluate(info) << "\n\n"; } else { cout << "parsing failed\n"; } } cout << "Bye... :-) \n\n"; return 0; } The grammar, defined in BMachineTreeGrammar.hpp file is given below: /*============================================================================= Copyright (c) 2010 Temitope Onunkun http://www.dcs.kcl.ac.uk/pg/onun Use, modification and distribution is subject to the Boost Software License, Version 1.0. (See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt) =============================================================================*/ #ifndef BOOST_SPIRIT_BMachineTreeGrammar_HPP_ #define BOOST_SPIRIT_BMachineTreeGrammar_HPP_ using namespace boost::spirit; /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // Using Boost Spririt Trees (AST) to parse B Machine Substitutions. // /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // B Machine Grammar // //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// struct substitution : public grammar<substitution> { static const int identifierID = 1; static const int leafValueID = 2; static const int factorID = 3; static const int termID = 4; static const int expressionID = 5; static const int simple_substID = 6; template <typename ScannerT> struct definition { definition(substitution const& ) { // Start grammar definition identifier = alpha_p >> (+alnum_p | ch_p('_') ) ; leafValue = leaf_node_d[ lexeme_d[ identifier | +digit_p ] ] ; factor = leafValue | inner_node_d[ ch_p( '(' ) >> expression >> ch_p(')' ) ] ; term = factor >> *( (root_node_d[ch_p('*') ] >> factor ) | (root_node_d[ch_p('/') ] >> factor ) ); expression = term >> *( (root_node_d[ch_p('+') ] >> term ) | (root_node_d[ch_p('-') ] >> term ) ); simple_subst= leaf_node_d[ lexeme_d[ identifier ] ] >> root_node_d[str_p(":=")] >> expression ; // End grammar definition // turn on the debugging info. BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(identifier); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(leafValue); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(factor); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(term); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(expression); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_RULE(simple_subst); } rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<simple_substID> > simple_subst; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<expressionID> > expression; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<termID> > term; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<factorID> > factor; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<leafValueID> > leafValue; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<identifierID> > identifier; rule<ScannerT, parser_context<>, parser_tag<simple_substID> > const& start() const { return simple_subst; } }; }; #endif The output I get on running the program is: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// B Machine Substitution... ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////// Type an expression...or [q or Q] to quit mySubst := var1 - var2 parsing succeeded In eval_machine. i->value = := i->children.size() = 2 Assertion failed: 0, file c:\redmound\bmachinetree\bmachinetree\bmachinetree.cpp , line 114 I will appreciate any help in resolving this problem.

    Read the article

  • repaint problem

    - by user357816
    I have a problem with my repaint in the method move. I dont know what to doo, the code is below import java.awt.*; import java.io.*; import java.text.*; import java.util.*; import javax.sound.sampled.*; import javax.swing.*; import javax.swing.Timer; import java.awt.event.*; import java.lang.*; public class bbb extends JPanel { public Stack<Integer> stacks[]; public JButton auto,jugar,nojugar; public JButton ok,ok2; public JLabel info=new JLabel("Numero de Discos: "); public JLabel instruc=new JLabel("Presiona la base de las torres para mover las fichas"); public JLabel instruc2=new JLabel("No puedes poner una pieza grande sobre una pequenia!"); public JComboBox numeros=new JComboBox(); public JComboBox velocidad=new JComboBox(); public boolean seguir=false,parar=false,primera=true; public int n1,n2,n3; public int click1=0; public int opcion=1,tiempo=50; public int op=1,continuar=0,cont=0; public int piezas=0; public int posx,posy; public int no; public bbb() throws IOException { stacks = new Stack[3]; stacks[0]=new Stack<Integer>(); stacks[1]=new Stack<Integer>(); stacks[2]=new Stack<Integer>(); setPreferredSize(new Dimension(1366,768)); ok=new JButton("OK"); ok.setBounds(new Rectangle(270,50,70,25)); ok.addActionListener(new okiz()); ok2=new JButton("OK"); ok2.setBounds(new Rectangle(270,50,70,25)); ok2.addActionListener(new vel()); add(ok2);ok2.setVisible(false); auto=new JButton("Automatico"); auto.setBounds(new Rectangle(50,80,100,25)); auto.addActionListener(new a()); jugar=new JButton("PLAY"); jugar.setBounds(new Rectangle(100,100,70,25)); jugar.addActionListener(new play()); nojugar=new JButton("PAUSE"); nojugar.setBounds(new Rectangle(100,150,70,25)); nojugar.addActionListener(new stop()); setLayout(null); info.setBounds(new Rectangle(50,50,170,25)); info.setForeground(Color.white); instruc.setBounds(new Rectangle(970,50,570,25)); instruc.setForeground(Color.white); instruc2.setBounds(new Rectangle(970,70,570,25)); instruc2.setForeground(Color.white); add(instruc);add(instruc2); add(jugar);add(nojugar);jugar.setVisible(false);nojugar.setVisible(false); add(info); info.setVisible(false); add(ok); ok.setVisible(false); add(auto); numeros.setBounds(new Rectangle(210,50,50,25)); numeros.addItem(1);numeros.addItem(2);numeros.addItem(3);numeros.addItem(4);numeros.addItem(5); numeros.addItem(6);numeros.addItem(7);numeros.addItem(8);numeros.addItem(9);numeros.addItem(10); add(numeros); numeros.setVisible(false); velocidad.setBounds(new Rectangle(150,50,100,25)); velocidad.addItem("Lenta"); velocidad.addItem("Intermedia"); velocidad.addItem("Rapida"); add(velocidad); velocidad.setVisible(false); } public void Mover(int origen, int destino) { for (int i=0;i<3;i++) { System.out.print("stack "+i+": "); for(int n : stacks[i]) System.out.print(n+";"); System.out.println(""); } System.out.println("de <"+origen+"> a <"+destino+">"); stacks[destino].push(stacks[origen].pop()); System.out.println(""); this.validate(); this.repaint( ); } public void hanoi(int origen, int destino, int cuantas) { while (parar) {} if (cuantas <= 1) Mover(origen,destino); else { hanoi(origen,3 - (origen+destino),cuantas-1); Mover(origen,destino); hanoi(3 - (origen+destino),destino,cuantas-1); } } public void paintComponent(Graphics g) { ImageIcon fondo= new ImageIcon("fondo.jpg"); g.drawImage(fondo.getImage(),0, 0,1366,768,null); g.setColor(new Color((int)(Math.random() * 254), (int)(Math.random() *255), (int)(Math.random() * 255))); g.fillRect(0,0,100,100); g.setColor(Color.white); g.fillRect(150,600,250,25); g.fillRect(550,600,250,25); g.fillRect(950,600,250,25); g.setColor(Color.red); g.fillRect(270,325,10,275); g.fillRect(270+400,325,10,275); g.fillRect(270+800,325,10,275); int x, y,top=0; g.setColor(Color.yellow); x=150;y=580; for(int ii:stacks[0]) { g.fillRect(x+((ii*125)/10),y-(((ii)*250)/10),((10-ii)*250)/10,20);} x=550;y=580; for(int ii:stacks[1]) {g.fillRect(x+((ii*125)/10),y-(((ii)*250)/10),((10-ii)*250)/10,20);} x=950;y=580; for(int ii:stacks[2]) {g.fillRect(x+((ii*125)/10),y-(((ii)*250)/10),((10-ii)*250)/10,20);} System.out.println("ENTRO"); setOpaque(false); } private class play implements ActionListener //manual { public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent algo) { parar=false; if(primera=true) { hanoi(0,2,no); primera=false; } } } private class stop implements ActionListener //manual { public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent algo) { parar=true; } } private class vel implements ActionListener //manual { public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent algo) { if (velocidad.getSelectedItem()=="Lenta") {tiempo=150;} else if (velocidad.getSelectedItem()=="Intermedia") {tiempo=75;} else tiempo=50; ok2.setVisible(false); jugar.setVisible(true); nojugar.setVisible(true); } } private class a implements ActionListener //auto { public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent algo) { auto.setVisible(false); info.setVisible(true); numeros.setVisible(true); ok.setVisible(true); op=3; } } private class okiz implements ActionListener //ok { public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent algo) { no=Integer.parseInt(numeros.getSelectedItem().toString()); piezas=no; if (no>0 && no<11) { info.setVisible(false); numeros.setVisible(false); ok.setVisible(false); for (int i=no;i>0;i--) stacks[0].push(i); opcion=2; if (op==3) { info.setText("Velocidad: ");info.setVisible(true); velocidad.setVisible(true); ok2.setVisible(true); } } else { } repaint(); } } } the code of the other class that calls the one up is below: import java.awt.*; import java.io.*; import java.net.URL; import javax.imageio.*; import javax.swing.*; import javax.swing.border.*; import java.lang.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class aaa extends JPanel { private ImageIcon Background; private JLabel fondo; public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException { JFrame.setDefaultLookAndFeelDecorated(true); final JPanel cp = new JPanel(new BorderLayout()); JFrame frame = new JFrame ("Torres de Hanoi"); frame.setDefaultCloseOperation (JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE); frame.setSize(550,550); frame.setVisible(true); bbb panel = new bbb(); frame.getContentPane().add(panel); frame.pack(); frame.setVisible(true); } }

    Read the article

  • Why is there a /etc/init.d/mysql file on this Slackware machine? How could it have gotten there?

    - by jasonspiro
    A client of my IT-consulting service owns a web-development shop. He's been having problems with a Slackware 12.0 server running MySQL 5.0.67. The machine was set up by the client's sysadmin, who left on bad terms. My client no longer employs a sysadmin. As far as I can tell, the only copy of MySQL that's installed is the one described in /var/log/packages/mysql-5.0.67-i486-1: PACKAGE NAME: mysql-5.0.67-i486-1 COMPRESSED PACKAGE SIZE: 16828 K UNCOMPRESSED PACKAGE SIZE: 33840 K PACKAGE LOCATION: /var/slapt-get/archives/./slackware/ap/mysql-5.0.67-i486-1.tgz PACKAGE DESCRIPTION: mysql: mysql (SQL-based relational database server) mysql: mysql: MySQL is a fast, multi-threaded, multi-user, and robust SQL mysql: (Structured Query Language) database server. It comes with a nice API mysql: which makes it easy to integrate into other applications. mysql: mysql: The home page for MySQL is http://www.mysql.com/ mysql: mysql: mysql: mysql: FILE LIST: ./ var/ var/lib/ var/lib/mysql/ var/run/ var/run/mysql/ install/ install/doinst.sh install/slack-desc usr/ usr/include/ usr/include/mysql/ usr/include/mysql/my_alloc.h usr/include/mysql/sql_common.h usr/include/mysql/my_dbug.h usr/include/mysql/errmsg.h usr/include/mysql/my_pthread.h usr/include/mysql/my_list.h usr/include/mysql/mysql.h usr/include/mysql/sslopt-vars.h usr/include/mysql/my_config.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_com.h usr/include/mysql/m_string.h usr/include/mysql/sslopt-case.h usr/include/mysql/my_xml.h usr/include/mysql/sql_state.h usr/include/mysql/my_global.h usr/include/mysql/my_sys.h usr/include/mysql/mysqld_ername.h usr/include/mysql/mysqld_error.h usr/include/mysql/sslopt-longopts.h usr/include/mysql/keycache.h usr/include/mysql/my_net.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_version.h usr/include/mysql/my_no_pthread.h usr/include/mysql/decimal.h usr/include/mysql/readline.h usr/include/mysql/my_attribute.h usr/include/mysql/typelib.h usr/include/mysql/my_dir.h usr/include/mysql/raid.h usr/include/mysql/m_ctype.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_embed.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_time.h usr/include/mysql/my_getopt.h usr/lib/ usr/lib/mysql/ usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient_r.so.15.0.0 usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient_r.la usr/lib/mysql/libmyisammrg.a usr/lib/mysql/libmystrings.a usr/lib/mysql/libmyisam.a usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient.so.15.0.0 usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient_r.a usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient.a usr/lib/mysql/libheap.a usr/lib/mysql/libvio.a usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient.la usr/lib/mysql/libmysys.a usr/lib/mysql/libdbug.a usr/bin/ usr/bin/comp_err usr/bin/my_print_defaults usr/bin/resolve_stack_dump usr/bin/msql2mysql usr/bin/mysqltestmanager-pwgen usr/bin/myisampack usr/bin/replace usr/bin/mysqld_multi usr/bin/mysqlaccess usr/bin/mysql_install_db usr/bin/innochecksum usr/bin/myisam_ftdump usr/bin/mysqlcheck usr/bin/mysqltest usr/bin/mysql_upgrade_shell usr/bin/mysql_secure_installation usr/bin/mysql_fix_extensions usr/bin/mysqld_safe usr/bin/mysql_explain_log usr/bin/mysqlimport usr/bin/myisamlog usr/bin/mysql_tzinfo_to_sql usr/bin/mysql_upgrade usr/bin/mysqltestmanager usr/bin/mysql_fix_privilege_tables usr/bin/mysql_find_rows usr/bin/mysql_convert_table_format usr/bin/mysqltestmanagerc usr/bin/mysqlhotcopy usr/bin/mysqldump usr/bin/mysqlshow usr/bin/mysqlbug usr/bin/mysql_config usr/bin/mysqldumpslow usr/bin/mysql_waitpid usr/bin/mysqlbinlog usr/bin/mysql_client_test usr/bin/perror usr/bin/mysql usr/bin/myisamchk usr/bin/mysql_setpermission usr/bin/mysqladmin usr/bin/mysql_zap usr/bin/mysql_tableinfo usr/bin/resolveip usr/share/ usr/share/mysql/ usr/share/mysql/errmsg.txt usr/share/mysql/swedish/ usr/share/mysql/swedish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_system_tables_data.sql usr/share/mysql/mysql.server usr/share/mysql/hungarian/ usr/share/mysql/hungarian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/norwegian/ usr/share/mysql/norwegian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/slovak/ usr/share/mysql/slovak/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/spanish/ usr/share/mysql/spanish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/polish/ usr/share/mysql/polish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/ukrainian/ usr/share/mysql/ukrainian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/danish/ usr/share/mysql/danish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/romanian/ usr/share/mysql/romanian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/english/ usr/share/mysql/english/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/charsets/ usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin2.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/greek.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/koi8r.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin1.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp866.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/geostd8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1250.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/koi8u.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp852.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/hebrew.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin7.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/README usr/share/mysql/charsets/ascii.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1251.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/macce.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin5.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/Index.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/macroman.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1256.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/keybcs2.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/swe7.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/armscii8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/dec8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1257.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/hp8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp850.xml usr/share/mysql/korean/ usr/share/mysql/korean/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/german/ usr/share/mysql/german/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mi_test_all.res usr/share/mysql/greek/ usr/share/mysql/greek/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/french/ usr/share/mysql/french/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_fix_privilege_tables.sql usr/share/mysql/dutch/ usr/share/mysql/dutch/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/serbian/ usr/share/mysql/serbian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_system_tables.sql usr/share/mysql/my-huge.cnf usr/share/mysql/portuguese/ usr/share/mysql/portuguese/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/japanese/ usr/share/mysql/japanese/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_test_data_timezone.sql usr/share/mysql/russian/ usr/share/mysql/russian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/czech/ usr/share/mysql/czech/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/fill_help_tables.sql usr/share/mysql/estonian/ usr/share/mysql/estonian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/my-medium.cnf usr/share/mysql/norwegian-ny/ usr/share/mysql/norwegian-ny/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/my-small.cnf usr/share/mysql/mysql-log-rotate usr/share/mysql/italian/ usr/share/mysql/italian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/my-large.cnf usr/share/mysql/ndb-config-2-node.ini usr/share/mysql/binary-configure usr/share/mysql/mi_test_all usr/share/mysql/mysqld_multi.server usr/share/mysql/my-innodb-heavy-4G.cnf usr/doc/ usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/ usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/README usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/Docs/ usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/Docs/INSTALL-BINARY usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/COPYING usr/info/ usr/info/mysql.info.gz usr/libexec/ usr/libexec/mysqld usr/libexec/mysqlmanager usr/man/ usr/man/man8/ usr/man/man8/mysqlmanager.8.gz usr/man/man8/mysqld.8.gz usr/man/man1/ usr/man/man1/mysql_zap.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_setpermission.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_tzinfo_to_sql.1.gz usr/man/man1/msql2mysql.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_tableinfo.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_explain_log.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlcheck.1.gz usr/man/man1/comp_err.1.gz usr/man/man1/my_print_defaults.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlbinlog.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisam_ftdump.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_upgrade.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_client_test.1.gz usr/man/man1/resolve_stack_dump.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_fix_extensions.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlmanagerc.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_config.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlshow.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisamlog.1.gz usr/man/man1/replace.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlmanager-pwgen.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqltest.1.gz usr/man/man1/innochecksum.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqladmin.1.gz usr/man/man1/perror.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_waitpid.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_convert_table_format.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlman.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlimport.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlbug.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_find_rows.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisampack.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisamchk.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_fix_privilege_tables.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql-stress-test.pl.1.gz usr/man/man1/resolveip.1.gz usr/man/man1/make_win_bin_dist.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlhotcopy.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqld_multi.1.gz usr/man/man1/safe_mysqld.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_secure_installation.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_install_db.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqldump.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql-test-run.pl.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqld_safe.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlaccess.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql.server.1.gz usr/man/man1/make_win_src_distribution.1.gz etc/ etc/rc.d/ etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld.new etc/my-huge.cnf etc/my-medium.cnf etc/my-small.cnf etc/my-large.cnf /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld is an ordinary Slackware-type start/stop script: #!/bin/sh # Start/stop/restart mysqld. # # Copyright 2003 Patrick J. Volkerding, Concord, CA # Copyright 2003 Slackware Linux, Inc., Concord, CA # # This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. # You may redistribute copies of this program under the terms of the # GNU General Public License. # To start MySQL automatically at boot, be sure this script is executable: # chmod 755 /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld # Before you can run MySQL, you must have a database. To install an initial # database, do this as root: # # su - mysql # mysql_install_db # # Note that step one is becoming the mysql user. It's important to do this # before making any changes to the database, or mysqld won't be able to write # to it later (this can be fixed with 'chown -R mysql.mysql /var/lib/mysql'). # To allow outside connections to the database comment out the next line. # If you don't need incoming network connections, then leave the line # uncommented to improve system security. #SKIP="--skip-networking" # Start mysqld: mysqld_start() { if [ -x /usr/bin/mysqld_safe ]; then # If there is an old PID file (no mysqld running), clean it up: if [ -r /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid ]; then if ! ps axc | grep mysqld 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then echo "Cleaning up old /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid." rm -f /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid fi fi /usr/bin/mysqld_safe --datadir=/var/lib/mysql --pid-file=/var/run/mysql/mysql.pid $SKIP & fi } # Stop mysqld: mysqld_stop() { # If there is no PID file, ignore this request... if [ -r /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid ]; then killall mysqld # Wait at least one minute for it to exit, as we don't know how big the DB is... for second in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 60 ; do if [ ! -r /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid ]; then break; fi sleep 1 done if [ "$second" = "60" ]; then echo "WARNING: Gave up waiting for mysqld to exit!" sleep 15 fi fi } # Restart mysqld: mysqld_restart() { mysqld_stop mysqld_start } case "$1" in 'start') mysqld_start ;; 'stop') mysqld_stop ;; 'restart') mysqld_restart ;; *) echo "usage $0 start|stop|restart" esac But there's also an unexpected init script on the machine, named /etc/init.d/mysql: #!/bin/sh # Copyright Abandoned 1996 TCX DataKonsult AB & Monty Program KB & Detron HB # This file is public domain and comes with NO WARRANTY of any kind # MySQL daemon start/stop script. # Usually this is put in /etc/init.d (at least on machines SYSV R4 based # systems) and linked to /etc/rc3.d/S99mysql and /etc/rc0.d/K01mysql. # When this is done the mysql server will be started when the machine is # started and shut down when the systems goes down. # Comments to support chkconfig on RedHat Linux # chkconfig: 2345 64 36 # description: A very fast and reliable SQL database engine. # Comments to support LSB init script conventions ### BEGIN INIT INFO # Provides: mysql # Required-Start: $local_fs $network $remote_fs # Should-Start: ypbind nscd ldap ntpd xntpd # Required-Stop: $local_fs $network $remote_fs # Default-Start: 2 3 4 5 # Default-Stop: 0 1 6 # Short-Description: start and stop MySQL # Description: MySQL is a very fast and reliable SQL database engine. ### END INIT INFO # If you install MySQL on some other places than /usr, then you # have to do one of the following things for this script to work: # # - Run this script from within the MySQL installation directory # - Create a /etc/my.cnf file with the following information: # [mysqld] # basedir=<path-to-mysql-installation-directory> # - Add the above to any other configuration file (for example ~/.my.ini) # and copy my_print_defaults to /usr/bin # - Add the path to the mysql-installation-directory to the basedir variable # below. # # If you want to affect other MySQL variables, you should make your changes # in the /etc/my.cnf, ~/.my.cnf or other MySQL configuration files. # If you change base dir, you must also change datadir. These may get # overwritten by settings in the MySQL configuration files. #basedir= #datadir= # Default value, in seconds, afterwhich the script should timeout waiting # for server start. # Value here is overriden by value in my.cnf. # 0 means don't wait at all # Negative numbers mean to wait indefinitely service_startup_timeout=900 # The following variables are only set for letting mysql.server find things. # Set some defaults pid_file=/var/run/mysql/mysql.pid server_pid_file=/var/run/mysql/mysql.pid use_mysqld_safe=1 user=mysql if test -z "$basedir" then basedir=/usr bindir=/usr/bin if test -z "$datadir" then datadir=/var/lib/mysql fi sbindir=/usr/sbin libexecdir=/usr/libexec else bindir="$basedir/bin" if test -z "$datadir" then datadir="$basedir/data" fi sbindir="$basedir/sbin" libexecdir="$basedir/libexec" fi # datadir_set is used to determine if datadir was set (and so should be # *not* set inside of the --basedir= handler.) datadir_set= # # Use LSB init script functions for printing messages, if possible # lsb_functions="/lib/lsb/init-functions" if test -f $lsb_functions ; then . $lsb_functions else log_success_msg() { echo " SUCCESS! $@" } log_failure_msg() { echo " ERROR! $@" } fi PATH=/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin:$basedir/bin export PATH mode=$1 # start or stop shift other_args="$*" # uncommon, but needed when called from an RPM upgrade action # Expected: "--skip-networking --skip-grant-tables" # They are not checked here, intentionally, as it is the resposibility # of the "spec" file author to give correct arguments only. case `echo "testing\c"`,`echo -n testing` in *c*,-n*) echo_n= echo_c= ;; *c*,*) echo_n=-n echo_c= ;; *) echo_n= echo_c='\c' ;; esac parse_server_arguments() { for arg do case "$arg" in --basedir=*) basedir=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` bindir="$basedir/bin" if test -z "$datadir_set"; then datadir="$basedir/data" fi sbindir="$basedir/sbin" libexecdir="$basedir/libexec" ;; --datadir=*) datadir=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` datadir_set=1 ;; --user=*) user=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --pid-file=*) server_pid_file=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --service-startup-timeout=*) service_startup_timeout=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --use-mysqld_safe) use_mysqld_safe=1;; --use-manager) use_mysqld_safe=0;; esac done } parse_manager_arguments() { for arg do case "$arg" in --pid-file=*) pid_file=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --user=*) user=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; esac done } wait_for_pid () { verb="$1" manager_pid="$2" # process ID of the program operating on the pid-file i=0 avoid_race_condition="by checking again" while test $i -ne $service_startup_timeout ; do case "$verb" in 'created') # wait for a PID-file to pop into existence. test -s $pid_file && i='' && break ;; 'removed') # wait for this PID-file to disappear test ! -s $pid_file && i='' && break ;; *) echo "wait_for_pid () usage: wait_for_pid created|removed manager_pid" exit 1 ;; esac # if manager isn't running, then pid-file will never be updated if test -n "$manager_pid"; then if kill -0 "$manager_pid" 2>/dev/null; then : # the manager still runs else # The manager may have exited between the last pid-file check and now. if test -n "$avoid_race_condition"; then avoid_race_condition="" continue # Check again. fi # there's nothing that will affect the file. log_failure_msg "Manager of pid-file quit without updating file." return 1 # not waiting any more. fi fi echo $echo_n ".$echo_c" i=`expr $i + 1` sleep 1 done if test -z "$i" ; then log_success_msg return 0 else log_failure_msg return 1 fi } # Get arguments from the my.cnf file, # the only group, which is read from now on is [mysqld] if test -x ./bin/my_print_defaults then print_defaults="./bin/my_print_defaults" elif test -x $bindir/my_print_defaults then print_defaults="$bindir/my_print_defaults" elif test -x $bindir/mysql_print_defaults then print_defaults="$bindir/mysql_print_defaults" else # Try to find basedir in /etc/my.cnf conf=/etc/my.cnf print_defaults= if test -r $conf then subpat='^[^=]*basedir[^=]*=\(.*\)$' dirs=`sed -e "/$subpat/!d" -e 's//\1/' $conf` for d in $dirs do d=`echo $d | sed -e 's/[ ]//g'` if test -x "$d/bin/my_print_defaults" then print_defaults="$d/bin/my_print_defaults" break fi if test -x "$d/bin/mysql_print_defaults" then print_defaults="$d/bin/mysql_print_defaults" break fi done fi # Hope it's in the PATH ... but I doubt it test -z "$print_defaults" && print_defaults="my_print_defaults" fi # # Read defaults file from 'basedir'. If there is no defaults file there # check if it's in the old (depricated) place (datadir) and read it from there # extra_args="" if test -r "$basedir/my.cnf" then extra_args="-e $basedir/my.cnf" else if test -r "$datadir/my.cnf" then extra_args="-e $datadir/my.cnf" fi fi parse_server_arguments `$print_defaults $extra_args mysqld server mysql_server mysql.server` # Look for the pidfile parse_manager_arguments `$print_defaults $extra_args manager` # # Set pid file if not given # if test -z "$pid_file" then pid_file=$datadir/mysqlmanager-`/bin/hostname`.pid else case "$pid_file" in /* ) ;; * ) pid_file="$datadir/$pid_file" ;; esac fi if test -z "$server_pid_file" then server_pid_file=$datadir/`/bin/hostname`.pid else case "$server_pid_file" in /* ) ;; * ) server_pid_file="$datadir/$server_pid_file" ;; esac fi case "$mode" in 'start') # Start daemon # Safeguard (relative paths, core dumps..) cd $basedir manager=$bindir/mysqlmanager if test -x $libexecdir/mysqlmanager then manager=$libexecdir/mysqlmanager elif test -x $sbindir/mysqlmanager then manager=$sbindir/mysqlmanager fi echo $echo_n "Starting MySQL" if test -x $manager -a "$use_mysqld_safe" = "0" then if test -n "$other_args" then log_failure_msg "MySQL manager does not support options '$other_args'" exit 1 fi # Give extra arguments to mysqld with the my.cnf file. This script may # be overwritten at next upgrade. $manager --user=$user --pid-file=$pid_file >/dev/null 2>&1 & wait_for_pid created $!; return_value=$? # Make lock for RedHat / SuSE if test -w /var/lock/subsys then touch /var/lock/subsys/mysqlmanager fi exit $return_value elif test -x $bindir/mysqld_safe then # Give extra arguments to mysqld with the my.cnf file. This script # may be overwritten at next upgrade. pid_file=$server_pid_file $bindir/mysqld_safe --datadir=$datadir --pid-file=$server_pid_file $other_args >/dev/null 2>&1 & wait_for_pid created $!; return_value=$? # Make lock for RedHat / SuSE if test -w /var/lock/subsys then touch /var/lock/subsys/mysql fi exit $return_value else log_failure_msg "Couldn't find MySQL manager ($manager) or server ($bindir/mysqld_safe)" fi ;; 'stop') # Stop daemon. We use a signal here to avoid having to know the # root password. # The RedHat / SuSE lock directory to remove lock_dir=/var/lock/subsys/mysqlmanager # If the manager pid_file doesn't exist, try the server's if test ! -s "$pid_file" then pid_file=$server_pid_file lock_dir=/var/lock/subsys/mysql fi if test -s "$pid_file" then mysqlmanager_pid=`cat $pid_file` echo $echo_n "Shutting down MySQL" kill $mysqlmanager_pid # mysqlmanager should remove the pid_file when it exits, so wait for it. wait_for_pid removed "$mysqlmanager_pid"; return_value=$? # delete lock for RedHat / SuSE if test -f $lock_dir then rm -f $lock_dir fi exit $return_value else log_failure_msg "MySQL manager or server PID file could not be found!" fi ;; 'restart') # Stop the service and regardless of whether it was # running or not, start it again. if $0 stop $other_args; then $0 start $other_args else log_failure_msg "Failed to stop running server, so refusing to try to start." exit 1 fi ;; 'reload'|'force-reload') if test -s "$server_pid_file" ; then read mysqld_pid < $server_pid_file kill -HUP $mysqld_pid && log_success_msg "Reloading service MySQL" touch $server_pid_file else log_failure_msg "MySQL PID file could not be found!" exit 1 fi ;; 'status') # First, check to see if pid file exists if test -s "$server_pid_file" ; then read mysqld_pid < $server_pid_file if kill -0 $mysqld_pid 2>/dev/null ; then log_success_msg "MySQL running ($mysqld_pid)" exit 0 else log_failure_msg "MySQL is not running, but PID file exists" exit 1 fi else # Try to find appropriate mysqld process mysqld_pid=`pidof $sbindir/mysqld` if test -z $mysqld_pid ; then if test "$use_mysqld_safe" = "0" ; then lockfile=/var/lock/subsys/mysqlmanager else lockfile=/var/lock/subsys/mysql fi if test -f $lockfile ; then log_failure_msg "MySQL is not running, but lock exists" exit 2 fi log_failure_msg "MySQL is not running" exit 3 else log_failure_msg "MySQL is running but PID file could not be found" exit 4 fi fi ;; *) # usage echo "Usage: $0 {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload|status} [ MySQL server options ]" exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 An unimportant aside: The previous users of the machine kept a messy home directory. Their home directory was /root. I've pasted a copy at http://www.pastebin.ca/2167496. My question: Why is there a /etc/init.d/mysql file on this Slackware machine? How could it have gotten there? P.S. This question is far from perfect. Please feel free to edit it.

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 110 111 112 113 114 115  | Next Page >